// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Royalty registry interface
 */
interface IRoyaltyRegistry is IERC165 {
    event RoyaltyOverride(address owner, address tokenAddress, address royaltyAddress);
    /**
     * Override the location of where to look up royalty information for a given token contract.
     * Allows for backwards compatibility and implementation of royalty logic for contracts that did not previously support them.
     *
     * @param tokenAddress    - The token address you wish to override
     * @param royaltyAddress  - The royalty override address
     */
    function setRoyaltyLookupAddress(address tokenAddress, address royaltyAddress) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * Returns royalty address location.  Returns the tokenAddress by default, or the override if it exists
     *
     * @param tokenAddress    - The token address you are looking up the royalty for
     */
    function getRoyaltyLookupAddress(address tokenAddress) external view returns (address);
    /**
     * Returns the token address that an overrideAddress is set for.
     * Note: will not be accurate if the override was created before this function was added.
     *
     * @param overrideAddress - The override address you are looking up the token for
     */
    function getOverrideLookupTokenAddress(address overrideAddress) external view returns (address);
    /**
     * Whether or not the message sender can override the royalty address for the given token address
     *
     * @param tokenAddress    - The token address you are looking up the royalty for
     */
    function overrideAllowed(address tokenAddress) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT OR Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @notice A library for manipulation of byte arrays.
 */
library BytesLibrary {
    /**
     * @dev Replace the address at the given location in a byte array if the contents at that location
     * match the expected address.
     */
    function replaceAtIf(bytes memory data, uint256 startLocation, address expectedAddress, address newAddress)
        internal
        pure
    {
        bytes memory expectedData = abi.encodePacked(expectedAddress);
        bytes memory newData = abi.encodePacked(newAddress);
        // An address is 20 bytes long
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < 20; i++) {
            uint256 dataLocation = startLocation + i;
            require(data[dataLocation] == expectedData[i], "Bytes: Data provided does not include the expectedAddress");
            data[dataLocation] = newData[i];
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Checks if the call data starts with the given function signature.
     */
    function startsWith(bytes memory callData, bytes4 functionSig) internal pure returns (bool) {
        // A signature is 4 bytes long
        if (callData.length < 4) {
            return false;
        }
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
            if (callData[i] != functionSig[i]) {
                return false;
            }
        }
        return true;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
import "./IRoyaltySplitter.sol";
/**
 * Multi-receiver EIP2981 reference override implementation
 */
interface IEIP2981MultiReceiverRoyaltyOverride is IERC165 {
    event TokenRoyaltyRemoved(uint256 tokenId);
    event TokenRoyaltySet(uint256 tokenId, uint16 royaltyBPS, Recipient[] recipients);
    event DefaultRoyaltySet(uint16 royaltyBPS, Recipient[] recipients);
    struct TokenRoyaltyConfig {
        uint256 tokenId;
        uint16 royaltyBPS;
        Recipient[] recipients;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Set per token royalties.  Passing a recipient of address(0) will delete any existing configuration
     */
    function setTokenRoyalties(TokenRoyaltyConfig[] calldata royalties) external;
    /**
     * @dev Get all token royalty configurations
     */
    function getTokenRoyalties() external view returns (TokenRoyaltyConfig[] memory);
    /**
     * @dev Get the default royalty
     */
    function getDefaultRoyalty() external view returns (uint16 bps, Recipient[] memory);
    /**
     * @dev Set a default royalty configuration.  Will be used if no token specific configuration is set
     */
    function setDefaultRoyalty(uint16 bps, Recipient[] calldata recipients) external;
    /**
     * @dev Helper function to get all splits contracts
     */
    function getAllSplits() external view returns (address payable[] memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * Simple EIP2981 reference override implementation
 */
interface IEIP2981RoyaltyOverride is IERC165 {
    event TokenRoyaltyRemoved(uint256 tokenId);
    event TokenRoyaltySet(uint256 tokenId, address recipient, uint16 bps);
    event DefaultRoyaltySet(address recipient, uint16 bps);
    struct TokenRoyalty {
        address recipient;
        uint16 bps;
    }
    struct TokenRoyaltyConfig {
        uint256 tokenId;
        address recipient;
        uint16 bps;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Set per token royalties.  Passing a recipient of address(0) will delete any existing configuration
     */
    function setTokenRoyalties(TokenRoyaltyConfig[] calldata royalties) external;
    /**
     * @dev Get the number of token specific overrides.  Used to enumerate over all configurations
     */
    function getTokenRoyaltiesCount() external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Get a token royalty configuration by index.  Use in conjunction with getTokenRoyaltiesCount to get all per token configurations
     */
    function getTokenRoyaltyByIndex(uint256 index) external view returns (TokenRoyaltyConfig memory);
    /**
     * @dev Set a default royalty configuration.  Will be used if no token specific configuration is set
     */
    function setDefaultRoyalty(TokenRoyalty calldata royalty) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
struct Recipient {
    address payable recipient;
    uint16 bps;
}
interface IRoyaltySplitter is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Set the splitter recipients. Total bps must total 10000.
     */
    function setRecipients(Recipient[] calldata recipients) external;
    /**
     * @dev Get the splitter recipients;
     */
    function getRecipients() external view returns (Recipient[] memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/OwnableUpgradeable.sol";
import "./MultiReceiverRoyaltyOverrideCore.sol";
import "./IRoyaltySplitter.sol";
import "../IRoyaltyRegistry.sol";
/**
 * Simple EIP2981 reference override implementation
 */
contract EIP2981MultiReceiverRoyaltyOverrideCloneable is
    EIP2981MultiReceiverRoyaltyMultiReceiverOverrideCore,
    OwnableUpgradeable
{
    function initialize(
        address payable royaltySplitterCloneable,
        uint16 defaultBps,
        Recipient[] memory defaultRecipients,
        address initialOwner
    ) public initializer {
        _transferOwnership(initialOwner);
        _royaltySplitterCloneable = royaltySplitterCloneable;
        // Initialize with default royalties
        _setDefaultRoyalty(defaultBps, defaultRecipients);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IEIP2981MultiReceiverRoyaltyOverride-setTokenRoyalties}.
     */
    function setTokenRoyalties(TokenRoyaltyConfig[] calldata royaltyConfigs) external override onlyOwner {
        _setTokenRoyalties(royaltyConfigs);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IEIP2981MultiReceiverRoyaltyOverride-setDefaultRoyalty}.
     */
    function setDefaultRoyalty(uint16 bps, Recipient[] calldata recipients) external override onlyOwner {
        _setDefaultRoyalty(bps, recipients);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/proxy/Clones.sol";
import "./IMultiReceiverRoyaltyOverride.sol";
import "./RoyaltySplitter.sol";
import "./IRoyaltySplitter.sol";
import "../specs/IEIP2981.sol";
/**
 * Multi-receiver EIP2981 reference override implementation
 */
abstract contract EIP2981MultiReceiverRoyaltyMultiReceiverOverrideCore is
    IEIP2981,
    IEIP2981MultiReceiverRoyaltyOverride,
    ERC165
{
    uint16 private _defaultRoyaltyBPS;
    address payable private _defaultRoyaltySplitter;
    mapping(uint256 => address payable) private _tokenRoyaltiesSplitter;
    mapping(uint256 => uint16) private _tokenRoyaltiesBPS;
    uint256[] private _tokensWithRoyalties;
    // Address of cloneable splitter contract
    address internal _royaltySplitterCloneable;
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override (ERC165, IERC165) returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IEIP2981).interfaceId
            || interfaceId == type(IEIP2981MultiReceiverRoyaltyOverride).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets token royalties. When you override this in the implementation contract
     * ensure that you access restrict it to the contract owner or admin
     */
    function _setTokenRoyalties(TokenRoyaltyConfig[] memory royaltyConfigs) internal {
        for (uint256 i; i < royaltyConfigs.length; i++) {
            TokenRoyaltyConfig memory royaltyConfig = royaltyConfigs[i];
            require(royaltyConfig.royaltyBPS < 10000, "Invalid bps");
            Recipient[] memory recipients = royaltyConfig.recipients;
            address payable splitterAddress = _tokenRoyaltiesSplitter[royaltyConfig.tokenId];
            if (recipients.length == 0) {
                if (splitterAddress != address(0)) {
                    IRoyaltySplitter(splitterAddress).setRecipients(recipients);
                }
                delete _tokenRoyaltiesBPS[royaltyConfig.tokenId];
                emit TokenRoyaltyRemoved(royaltyConfig.tokenId);
            } else {
                if (splitterAddress == address(0)) {
                    splitterAddress = payable(Clones.clone(_royaltySplitterCloneable));
                    RoyaltySplitter(splitterAddress).initialize(recipients);
                    _tokenRoyaltiesSplitter[royaltyConfig.tokenId] = splitterAddress;
                    _tokensWithRoyalties.push(royaltyConfig.tokenId);
                } else {
                    IRoyaltySplitter(splitterAddress).setRecipients(recipients);
                }
                _tokenRoyaltiesBPS[royaltyConfig.tokenId] = royaltyConfig.royaltyBPS;
                emit TokenRoyaltySet(royaltyConfig.tokenId, royaltyConfig.royaltyBPS, recipients);
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets default royalty. When you override this in the implementation contract
     * ensure that you access restrict it to the contract owner or admin
     */
    function _setDefaultRoyalty(uint16 bps, Recipient[] memory recipients) internal {
        require(bps < 10000, "Invalid bps");
        if (_defaultRoyaltySplitter == address(0)) {
            _defaultRoyaltySplitter = payable(Clones.clone(_royaltySplitterCloneable));
            RoyaltySplitter(_defaultRoyaltySplitter).initialize(recipients);
        } else {
            IRoyaltySplitter(_defaultRoyaltySplitter).setRecipients(recipients);
        }
        _defaultRoyaltyBPS = bps;
        emit DefaultRoyaltySet(bps, recipients);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IEIP2981MultiReceiverRoyaltyOverride-getTokenRoyalties}.
     */
    function getTokenRoyalties() external view override returns (TokenRoyaltyConfig[] memory royaltyConfigs) {
        royaltyConfigs = new TokenRoyaltyConfig[](_tokensWithRoyalties.length);
        for (uint256 i; i < _tokensWithRoyalties.length; ++i) {
            TokenRoyaltyConfig memory royaltyConfig;
            uint256 tokenId = _tokensWithRoyalties[i];
            address splitterAddress = _tokenRoyaltiesSplitter[tokenId];
            if (splitterAddress != address(0)) {
                royaltyConfig.recipients = IRoyaltySplitter(splitterAddress).getRecipients();
            }
            royaltyConfig.tokenId = tokenId;
            royaltyConfig.royaltyBPS = _tokenRoyaltiesBPS[tokenId];
            royaltyConfigs[i] = royaltyConfig;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IEIP2981MultiReceiverRoyaltyOverride-getDefaultRoyalty}.
     */
    function getDefaultRoyalty() external view override returns (uint16 bps, Recipient[] memory recipients) {
        if (_defaultRoyaltySplitter != address(0)) {
            recipients = IRoyaltySplitter(_defaultRoyaltySplitter).getRecipients();
        }
        return (_defaultRoyaltyBPS, recipients);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IEIP2981MultiReceiverRoyaltyOverride-royaltyInfo}.
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 value) public view override returns (address, uint256) {
        if (_tokenRoyaltiesSplitter[tokenId] != address(0)) {
            return (_tokenRoyaltiesSplitter[tokenId], value * _tokenRoyaltiesBPS[tokenId] / 10000);
        }
        if (_defaultRoyaltySplitter != address(0) && _defaultRoyaltyBPS != 0) {
            return (_defaultRoyaltySplitter, value * _defaultRoyaltyBPS / 10000);
        }
        return (address(0), 0);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IEIP2981MultiReceiverRoyaltyOverride-getAllSplits}.
     */
    function getAllSplits() external view override returns (address payable[] memory splits) {
        uint256 startingIndex;
        uint256 endingIndex = _tokensWithRoyalties.length;
        if (_defaultRoyaltySplitter != address(0)) {
            splits = new address payable[](1+_tokensWithRoyalties.length);
            splits[0] = _defaultRoyaltySplitter;
            startingIndex = 1;
            ++endingIndex;
        } else {
            // unreachable in practice
            splits = new address payable[](_tokensWithRoyalties.length);
        }
        for (uint256 i = startingIndex; i < endingIndex; ++i) {
            splits[i] = _tokenRoyaltiesSplitter[_tokensWithRoyalties[i - startingIndex]];
        }
    }
    function getRecipients() public view returns (Recipient[] memory) {
        return RoyaltySplitter(_defaultRoyaltySplitter).getRecipients();
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/OwnableUpgradeable.sol";
import "./RoyaltyOverrideCore.sol";
/**
 * Simple EIP2981 reference override implementation
 */
contract EIP2981RoyaltyOverrideCloneable is EIP2981RoyaltyOverrideCore, OwnableUpgradeable {
    function initialize(TokenRoyalty calldata _defaultRoyalty, address initialOwner) public initializer {
        _transferOwnership(initialOwner);
        _setDefaultRoyalty(_defaultRoyalty);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IEIP2981RoyaltyOverride-setTokenRoyalties}.
     */
    function setTokenRoyalties(TokenRoyaltyConfig[] calldata royaltyConfigs) external override onlyOwner {
        _setTokenRoyalties(royaltyConfigs);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IEIP2981RoyaltyOverride-setDefaultRoyalty}.
     */
    function setDefaultRoyalty(TokenRoyalty calldata royalty) external override onlyOwner {
        _setDefaultRoyalty(royalty);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol";
import "./IRoyaltyOverride.sol";
import "../specs/IEIP2981.sol";
/**
 * Simple EIP2981 reference override implementation
 */
abstract contract EIP2981RoyaltyOverrideCore is IEIP2981, IEIP2981RoyaltyOverride, ERC165 {
    using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.UintSet;
    TokenRoyalty public defaultRoyalty;
    mapping(uint256 => TokenRoyalty) private _tokenRoyalties;
    EnumerableSet.UintSet private _tokensWithRoyalties;
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override (ERC165, IERC165) returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IEIP2981).interfaceId || interfaceId == type(IEIP2981RoyaltyOverride).interfaceId
            || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets token royalties. When you override this in the implementation contract
     * ensure that you access restrict it to the contract owner or admin
     */
    function _setTokenRoyalties(TokenRoyaltyConfig[] memory royaltyConfigs) internal {
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < royaltyConfigs.length; i++) {
            TokenRoyaltyConfig memory royaltyConfig = royaltyConfigs[i];
            require(royaltyConfig.bps < 10000, "Invalid bps");
            if (royaltyConfig.recipient == address(0)) {
                delete _tokenRoyalties[royaltyConfig.tokenId];
                _tokensWithRoyalties.remove(royaltyConfig.tokenId);
                emit TokenRoyaltyRemoved(royaltyConfig.tokenId);
            } else {
                _tokenRoyalties[royaltyConfig.tokenId] = TokenRoyalty(royaltyConfig.recipient, royaltyConfig.bps);
                _tokensWithRoyalties.add(royaltyConfig.tokenId);
                emit TokenRoyaltySet(royaltyConfig.tokenId, royaltyConfig.recipient, royaltyConfig.bps);
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets default royalty. When you override this in the implementation contract
     * ensure that you access restrict it to the contract owner or admin
     */
    function _setDefaultRoyalty(TokenRoyalty memory royalty) internal {
        require(royalty.bps < 10000, "Invalid bps");
        defaultRoyalty = TokenRoyalty(royalty.recipient, royalty.bps);
        emit DefaultRoyaltySet(royalty.recipient, royalty.bps);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IEIP2981RoyaltyOverride-getTokenRoyaltiesCount}.
     */
    function getTokenRoyaltiesCount() external view override returns (uint256) {
        return _tokensWithRoyalties.length();
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IEIP2981RoyaltyOverride-getTokenRoyaltyByIndex}.
     */
    function getTokenRoyaltyByIndex(uint256 index) external view override returns (TokenRoyaltyConfig memory) {
        uint256 tokenId = _tokensWithRoyalties.at(index);
        TokenRoyalty memory royalty = _tokenRoyalties[tokenId];
        return TokenRoyaltyConfig(tokenId, royalty.recipient, royalty.bps);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IEIP2981RoyaltyOverride-royaltyInfo}.
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 value) public view override returns (address, uint256) {
        if (_tokenRoyalties[tokenId].recipient != address(0)) {
            return (_tokenRoyalties[tokenId].recipient, value * _tokenRoyalties[tokenId].bps / 10000);
        }
        if (defaultRoyalty.recipient != address(0) && defaultRoyalty.bps != 0) {
            return (defaultRoyalty.recipient, value * defaultRoyalty.bps / 10000);
        }
        return (address(0), 0);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/proxy/Clones.sol";
import { EIP2981RoyaltyOverrideCloneable } from "./RoyaltyOverrideCloneable.sol";
import { EIP2981MultiReceiverRoyaltyOverrideCloneable } from "./MultiReceiverRoyaltyOverrideCloneable.sol";
import { IRoyaltyRegistry } from "../IRoyaltyRegistry.sol";
import { Recipient } from "./IRoyaltySplitter.sol";
/**
 * Clone Factory for EIP2981 reference override implementation
 */
contract EIP2981RoyaltyOverrideFactory {
    address public immutable SINGLE_RECIPIENT_ORIGIN_ADDRESS;
    address public immutable MULTI_RECIPIENT_ORIGIN_ADDRESS;
    address payable public immutable ROYALTY_SPLITTER_ORIGIN_ADDRESS;
    error InvalidRoyaltyRegistryAddress();
    uint256 constant INVALID_ROYALTY_REGISTRY_ADDRESS_SELECTOR = 0x1c491d3;
    event EIP2981RoyaltyOverrideCreated(address newEIP2981RoyaltyOverride);
    constructor(address singleOrigin, address multiOrigin, address payable royaltySplitterOrigin) {
        SINGLE_RECIPIENT_ORIGIN_ADDRESS = singleOrigin;
        MULTI_RECIPIENT_ORIGIN_ADDRESS = multiOrigin;
        ROYALTY_SPLITTER_ORIGIN_ADDRESS = royaltySplitterOrigin;
    }
    function createOverrideAndRegister(
        address royaltyRegistry,
        address tokenAddress,
        EIP2981RoyaltyOverrideCloneable.TokenRoyalty calldata defaultRoyalty
    ) public returns (address) {
        address clone = Clones.clone(SINGLE_RECIPIENT_ORIGIN_ADDRESS);
        EIP2981RoyaltyOverrideCloneable(clone).initialize(defaultRoyalty, msg.sender);
        emit EIP2981RoyaltyOverrideCreated(clone);
        registerOverride(royaltyRegistry, tokenAddress, clone);
        return clone;
    }
    function createOverrideAndRegister(
        address royaltyRegistry,
        address tokenAddress,
        uint16 defaultBps,
        Recipient[] calldata defaultRecipients
    ) public returns (address) {
        address clone = Clones.clone(MULTI_RECIPIENT_ORIGIN_ADDRESS);
        EIP2981MultiReceiverRoyaltyOverrideCloneable(clone).initialize(
            ROYALTY_SPLITTER_ORIGIN_ADDRESS, defaultBps, defaultRecipients, msg.sender
        );
        emit EIP2981RoyaltyOverrideCreated(clone);
        registerOverride(royaltyRegistry, tokenAddress, clone);
        return clone;
    }
    function registerOverride(address royaltyRegistry, address tokenAddress, address lookupAddress) internal {
        // encode setRoyaltyLookupAddress call with tokenAddress and lookupAddress and also append msg.sender to calldata.
        // Including the original msg.sender allows the registry to securely verify the caller is the owner of the token
        bytes memory data = abi.encodeWithSelector(
            IRoyaltyRegistry.setRoyaltyLookupAddress.selector, tokenAddress, lookupAddress, msg.sender
        );
        // check success and return data, and bubble up original revert reason if call was unsuccessful
        ///@solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            // clear first word of scratch space, where we will store one word of returndata
            // if the call results in no returndata is available, this would not be overwritten otherwise
            mstore(0, 0)
            let success := call(gas(), royaltyRegistry, 0, add(data, 0x20), mload(data), 0, 0x20)
            // check if call succeeded
            if iszero(success) {
                // copy all of returndata to memory starting at 0; we don't have to worry about dirtying memory since
                // we are reverting.
                returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                revert(0, returndatasize())
            }
            // check if returned boolean is true, since a successful call does not guarantee a successful execution
            let returned := mload(0)
            if iszero(eq(returned, 1)) {
                mstore(0, INVALID_ROYALTY_REGISTRY_ADDRESS_SELECTOR)
                revert(0x1c, 4)
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT OR Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/OwnableUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/math/SafeMath.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/proxy/Clones.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol";
import "../libraries/BytesLibrary.sol";
import "./IRoyaltySplitter.sol";
interface IERC20Approve {
    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    function increaseAllowance(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
}
/**
 * Cloneable and configurable royalty splitter contract
 */
contract RoyaltySplitter is Initializable, OwnableUpgradeable, IRoyaltySplitter, ERC165 {
    using BytesLibrary for bytes;
    using AddressUpgradeable for address payable;
    using AddressUpgradeable for address;
    using SafeMath for uint256;
    uint256 internal constant BASIS_POINTS = 10000;
    uint256 constant IERC20_APPROVE_SELECTOR = 0x095ea7b300000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000;
    uint256 constant SELECTOR_MASK = 0xffffffff00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000;
    Recipient[] private _recipients;
    event PercentSplitCreated(address indexed contractAddress);
    event PercentSplitShare(address indexed recipient, uint256 percentInBasisPoints);
    event ETHTransferred(address indexed account, uint256 amount);
    event ERC20Transferred(address indexed erc20Contract, address indexed account, uint256 amount);
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override (ERC165, IERC165) returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IRoyaltySplitter).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Requires that the msg.sender is one of the recipients in this split.
     */
    modifier onlyRecipient() {
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _recipients.length; i++) {
            if (_recipients[i].recipient == msg.sender) {
                _;
                return;
            }
        }
        revert("Split: Can only be called by one of the recipients");
    }
    /**
     * @notice Called once to configure the contract after the initial deployment.
     * @dev This will be called by `createSplit` after deploying the proxy so it should never be called directly.
     */
    function initialize(Recipient[] calldata recipients) public initializer {
        __Ownable_init();
        _setRecipients(recipients);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Set the splitter recipients. Total bps must total 10000.
     */
    function setRecipients(Recipient[] calldata recipients) external override onlyOwner {
        _setRecipients(recipients);
    }
    function _setRecipients(Recipient[] calldata recipients) private {
        delete _recipients;
        if (recipients.length == 0) {
            return;
        }
        uint256 totalBPS;
        for (uint256 i; i < recipients.length; ++i) {
            totalBPS += recipients[i].bps;
            _recipients.push(recipients[i]);
        }
        require(totalBPS == BASIS_POINTS, "Total bps must be 10000");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Get the splitter recipients;
     */
    function getRecipients() external view override returns (Recipient[] memory) {
        return _recipients;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Forwards any ETH received to the recipients in this split.
     * @dev Each recipient increases the gas required to split
     * and contract recipients may significantly increase the gas required.
     */
    receive() external payable {
        _splitETH(msg.value);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Allows any ETH stored by the contract to be split among recipients.
     * @dev Normally ETH is forwarded as it comes in, but a balance in this contract
     * is possible if it was sent before the contract was created or if self destruct was used.
     */
    function splitETH() public {
        _splitETH(address(this).balance);
    }
    function _splitETH(uint256 value) internal {
        if (value > 0) {
            uint256 totalSent;
            uint256 amountToSend;
            unchecked {
                for (uint256 i = _recipients.length - 1; i > 0; i--) {
                    Recipient memory recipient = _recipients[i];
                    amountToSend = (value * recipient.bps) / BASIS_POINTS;
                    totalSent += amountToSend;
                    recipient.recipient.sendValue(amountToSend);
                    emit ETHTransferred(recipient.recipient, amountToSend);
                }
                // Favor the 1st recipient if there are any rounding issues
                amountToSend = value - totalSent;
            }
            _recipients[0].recipient.sendValue(amountToSend);
            emit ETHTransferred(_recipients[0].recipient, amountToSend);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Anyone can call this function to split all available tokens at the provided address between the recipients.
     * @dev This contract is built to split ETH payments. The ability to attempt to split ERC20 tokens is here
     * just in case tokens were also sent so that they don't get locked forever in the contract.
     */
    function splitERC20Tokens(IERC20 erc20Contract) public {
        require(_splitERC20Tokens(erc20Contract), "Split: ERC20 split failed");
    }
    function _splitERC20Tokens(IERC20 erc20Contract) internal returns (bool) {
        try erc20Contract.balanceOf(address(this)) returns (uint256 balance) {
            if (balance == 0) {
                return false;
            }
            uint256 amountToSend;
            uint256 totalSent;
            unchecked {
                for (uint256 i = _recipients.length - 1; i > 0; i--) {
                    Recipient memory recipient = _recipients[i];
                    bool success;
                    (success, amountToSend) = balance.tryMul(recipient.bps);
                    amountToSend /= BASIS_POINTS;
                    totalSent += amountToSend;
                    try erc20Contract.transfer(recipient.recipient, amountToSend) {
                        emit ERC20Transferred(address(erc20Contract), recipient.recipient, amountToSend);
                    } catch {
                        return false;
                    }
                }
                // Favor the 1st recipient if there are any rounding issues
                amountToSend = balance - totalSent;
            }
            try erc20Contract.transfer(_recipients[0].recipient, amountToSend) {
                emit ERC20Transferred(address(erc20Contract), _recipients[0].recipient, amountToSend);
            } catch {
                return false;
            }
            return true;
        } catch {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Allows the split recipients to make an arbitrary contract call.
     * @dev This is provided to allow recovering from unexpected scenarios,
     * such as receiving an NFT at this address.
     *
     * It will first attempt a fair split of ERC20 tokens before proceeding.
     *
     * This contract is built to split ETH payments. The ability to attempt to make other calls is here
     * just in case other assets were also sent so that they don't get locked forever in the contract.
     */
    function proxyCall(address payable target, bytes calldata callData) external onlyRecipient {
        require(
            !callData.startsWith(IERC20Approve.approve.selector)
                && !callData.startsWith(IERC20Approve.increaseAllowance.selector),
            "Split: ERC20 tokens must be split"
        );
        try this.splitERC20Tokens(IERC20(target)) { } catch { }
        target.functionCall(callData);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * EIP-2981
 */
interface IEIP2981 {
    /**
     * bytes4(keccak256("royaltyInfo(uint256,uint256)")) == 0x2a55205a
     *
     * => 0x2a55205a = 0x2a55205a
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 value) external view returns (address, uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (proxy/Clones.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1167[EIP 1167] is a standard for
 * deploying minimal proxy contracts, also known as "clones".
 *
 * > To simply and cheaply clone contract functionality in an immutable way, this standard specifies
 * > a minimal bytecode implementation that delegates all calls to a known, fixed address.
 *
 * The library includes functions to deploy a proxy using either `create` (traditional deployment) or `create2`
 * (salted deterministic deployment). It also includes functions to predict the addresses of clones deployed using the
 * deterministic method.
 *
 * _Available since v3.4._
 */
library Clones {
    /**
     * @dev Deploys and returns the address of a clone that mimics the behaviour of `implementation`.
     *
     * This function uses the create opcode, which should never revert.
     */
    function clone(address implementation) internal returns (address instance) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            // Cleans the upper 96 bits of the `implementation` word, then packs the first 3 bytes
            // of the `implementation` address with the bytecode before the address.
            mstore(0x00, or(shr(0xe8, shl(0x60, implementation)), 0x3d602d80600a3d3981f3363d3d373d3d3d363d73000000))
            // Packs the remaining 17 bytes of `implementation` with the bytecode after the address.
            mstore(0x20, or(shl(0x78, implementation), 0x5af43d82803e903d91602b57fd5bf3))
            instance := create(0, 0x09, 0x37)
        }
        require(instance != address(0), "ERC1167: create failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Deploys and returns the address of a clone that mimics the behaviour of `implementation`.
     *
     * This function uses the create2 opcode and a `salt` to deterministically deploy
     * the clone. Using the same `implementation` and `salt` multiple time will revert, since
     * the clones cannot be deployed twice at the same address.
     */
    function cloneDeterministic(address implementation, bytes32 salt) internal returns (address instance) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            // Cleans the upper 96 bits of the `implementation` word, then packs the first 3 bytes
            // of the `implementation` address with the bytecode before the address.
            mstore(0x00, or(shr(0xe8, shl(0x60, implementation)), 0x3d602d80600a3d3981f3363d3d373d3d3d363d73000000))
            // Packs the remaining 17 bytes of `implementation` with the bytecode after the address.
            mstore(0x20, or(shl(0x78, implementation), 0x5af43d82803e903d91602b57fd5bf3))
            instance := create2(0, 0x09, 0x37, salt)
        }
        require(instance != address(0), "ERC1167: create2 failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Computes the address of a clone deployed using {Clones-cloneDeterministic}.
     */
    function predictDeterministicAddress(
        address implementation,
        bytes32 salt,
        address deployer
    ) internal pure returns (address predicted) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            let ptr := mload(0x40)
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x38), deployer)
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x24), 0x5af43d82803e903d91602b57fd5bf3ff)
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x14), implementation)
            mstore(ptr, 0x3d602d80600a3d3981f3363d3d373d3d3d363d73)
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x58), salt)
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x78), keccak256(add(ptr, 0x0c), 0x37))
            predicted := keccak256(add(ptr, 0x43), 0x55)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Computes the address of a clone deployed using {Clones-cloneDeterministic}.
     */
    function predictDeterministicAddress(address implementation, bytes32 salt)
        internal
        view
        returns (address predicted)
    {
        return predictDeterministicAddress(implementation, salt, address(this));
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (token/ERC20/IERC20.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC20 standard as defined in the EIP.
 */
interface IERC20 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens are moved from one account (`from`) to
     * another (`to`).
     *
     * Note that `value` may be zero.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the allowance of a `spender` for an `owner` is set by
     * a call to {approve}. `value` is the new allowance.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens in existence.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens owned by `account`.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from the caller's account to `to`.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transfer(address to, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be
     * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is
     * zero by default.
     *
     * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.
     */
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the caller's tokens.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk
     * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate
     * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race
     * condition is to first reduce the spender's allowance to 0 and set the
     * desired value afterwards:
     * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from `from` to `to` using the
     * allowance mechanism. `amount` is then deducted from the caller's
     * allowance.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) external returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (utils/math/SafeMath.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
// CAUTION
// This version of SafeMath should only be used with Solidity 0.8 or later,
// because it relies on the compiler's built in overflow checks.
/**
 * @dev Wrappers over Solidity's arithmetic operations.
 *
 * NOTE: `SafeMath` is generally not needed starting with Solidity 0.8, since the compiler
 * now has built in overflow checking.
 */
library SafeMath {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the addition of two unsigned integers, with an overflow flag.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function tryAdd(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 c = a + b;
            if (c < a) return (false, 0);
            return (true, c);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the subtraction of two unsigned integers, with an overflow flag.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function trySub(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
        unchecked {
            if (b > a) return (false, 0);
            return (true, a - b);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the multiplication of two unsigned integers, with an overflow flag.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function tryMul(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
        unchecked {
            // Gas optimization: this is cheaper than requiring 'a' not being zero, but the
            // benefit is lost if 'b' is also tested.
            // See: https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/pull/522
            if (a == 0) return (true, 0);
            uint256 c = a * b;
            if (c / a != b) return (false, 0);
            return (true, c);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the division of two unsigned integers, with a division by zero flag.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function tryDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
        unchecked {
            if (b == 0) return (false, 0);
            return (true, a / b);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the remainder of dividing two unsigned integers, with a division by zero flag.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function tryMod(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
        unchecked {
            if (b == 0) return (false, 0);
            return (true, a % b);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the addition of two unsigned integers, reverting on
     * overflow.
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `+` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - Addition cannot overflow.
     */
    function add(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a + b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the subtraction of two unsigned integers, reverting on
     * overflow (when the result is negative).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `-` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - Subtraction cannot overflow.
     */
    function sub(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a - b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the multiplication of two unsigned integers, reverting on
     * overflow.
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `*` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - Multiplication cannot overflow.
     */
    function mul(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a * b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the integer division of two unsigned integers, reverting on
     * division by zero. The result is rounded towards zero.
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `/` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The divisor cannot be zero.
     */
    function div(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a / b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the remainder of dividing two unsigned integers. (unsigned integer modulo),
     * reverting when dividing by zero.
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `%` operator. This function uses a `revert`
     * opcode (which leaves remaining gas untouched) while Solidity uses an
     * invalid opcode to revert (consuming all remaining gas).
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The divisor cannot be zero.
     */
    function mod(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a % b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the subtraction of two unsigned integers, reverting with custom message on
     * overflow (when the result is negative).
     *
     * CAUTION: This function is deprecated because it requires allocating memory for the error
     * message unnecessarily. For custom revert reasons use {trySub}.
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `-` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - Subtraction cannot overflow.
     */
    function sub(
        uint256 a,
        uint256 b,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            require(b <= a, errorMessage);
            return a - b;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the integer division of two unsigned integers, reverting with custom message on
     * division by zero. The result is rounded towards zero.
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `/` operator. Note: this function uses a
     * `revert` opcode (which leaves remaining gas untouched) while Solidity
     * uses an invalid opcode to revert (consuming all remaining gas).
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The divisor cannot be zero.
     */
    function div(
        uint256 a,
        uint256 b,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            require(b > 0, errorMessage);
            return a / b;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the remainder of dividing two unsigned integers. (unsigned integer modulo),
     * reverting with custom message when dividing by zero.
     *
     * CAUTION: This function is deprecated because it requires allocating memory for the error
     * message unnecessarily. For custom revert reasons use {tryMod}.
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `%` operator. This function uses a `revert`
     * opcode (which leaves remaining gas untouched) while Solidity uses an
     * invalid opcode to revert (consuming all remaining gas).
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The divisor cannot be zero.
     */
    function mod(
        uint256 a,
        uint256 b,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            require(b > 0, errorMessage);
            return a % b;
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol)
// This file was procedurally generated from scripts/generate/templates/EnumerableSet.js.
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Library for managing
 * https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Set_(abstract_data_type)[sets] of primitive
 * types.
 *
 * Sets have the following properties:
 *
 * - Elements are added, removed, and checked for existence in constant time
 * (O(1)).
 * - Elements are enumerated in O(n). No guarantees are made on the ordering.
 *
 * ```
 * contract Example {
 *     // Add the library methods
 *     using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
 *
 *     // Declare a set state variable
 *     EnumerableSet.AddressSet private mySet;
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * As of v3.3.0, sets of type `bytes32` (`Bytes32Set`), `address` (`AddressSet`)
 * and `uint256` (`UintSet`) are supported.
 *
 * [WARNING]
 * ====
 * Trying to delete such a structure from storage will likely result in data corruption, rendering the structure
 * unusable.
 * See https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/pull/11843[ethereum/solidity#11843] for more info.
 *
 * In order to clean an EnumerableSet, you can either remove all elements one by one or create a fresh instance using an
 * array of EnumerableSet.
 * ====
 */
library EnumerableSet {
    // To implement this library for multiple types with as little code
    // repetition as possible, we write it in terms of a generic Set type with
    // bytes32 values.
    // The Set implementation uses private functions, and user-facing
    // implementations (such as AddressSet) are just wrappers around the
    // underlying Set.
    // This means that we can only create new EnumerableSets for types that fit
    // in bytes32.
    struct Set {
        // Storage of set values
        bytes32[] _values;
        // Position of the value in the `values` array, plus 1 because index 0
        // means a value is not in the set.
        mapping(bytes32 => uint256) _indexes;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function _add(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        if (!_contains(set, value)) {
            set._values.push(value);
            // The value is stored at length-1, but we add 1 to all indexes
            // and use 0 as a sentinel value
            set._indexes[value] = set._values.length;
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function _remove(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        // We read and store the value's index to prevent multiple reads from the same storage slot
        uint256 valueIndex = set._indexes[value];
        if (valueIndex != 0) {
            // Equivalent to contains(set, value)
            // To delete an element from the _values array in O(1), we swap the element to delete with the last one in
            // the array, and then remove the last element (sometimes called as 'swap and pop').
            // This modifies the order of the array, as noted in {at}.
            uint256 toDeleteIndex = valueIndex - 1;
            uint256 lastIndex = set._values.length - 1;
            if (lastIndex != toDeleteIndex) {
                bytes32 lastValue = set._values[lastIndex];
                // Move the last value to the index where the value to delete is
                set._values[toDeleteIndex] = lastValue;
                // Update the index for the moved value
                set._indexes[lastValue] = valueIndex; // Replace lastValue's index to valueIndex
            }
            // Delete the slot where the moved value was stored
            set._values.pop();
            // Delete the index for the deleted slot
            delete set._indexes[value];
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function _contains(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private view returns (bool) {
        return set._indexes[value] != 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
     */
    function _length(Set storage set) private view returns (uint256) {
        return set._values.length;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function _at(Set storage set, uint256 index) private view returns (bytes32) {
        return set._values[index];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function _values(Set storage set) private view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        return set._values;
    }
    // Bytes32Set
    struct Bytes32Set {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(Bytes32Set storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (bytes32) {
        return _at(set._inner, index);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        bytes32[] memory result;
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
    // AddressSet
    struct AddressSet {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(AddressSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(uint256(_at(set._inner, index))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (address[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        address[] memory result;
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
    // UintSet
    struct UintSet {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(UintSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(_at(set._inner, index));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        uint256[] memory result;
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract OwnableUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    function __Ownable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __Ownable_init_unchained();
    }
    function __Ownable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        _checkOwner();
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
     */
    function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (proxy/utils/Initializable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.2;
import "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
 * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
 * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
 * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
 *
 * The initialization functions use a version number. Once a version number is used, it is consumed and cannot be
 * reused. This mechanism prevents re-execution of each "step" but allows the creation of new initialization steps in
 * case an upgrade adds a module that needs to be initialized.
 *
 * For example:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * contract MyToken is ERC20Upgradeable {
 *     function initialize() initializer public {
 *         __ERC20_init("MyToken", "MTK");
 *     }
 * }
 * contract MyTokenV2 is MyToken, ERC20PermitUpgradeable {
 *     function initializeV2() reinitializer(2) public {
 *         __ERC20Permit_init("MyToken");
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
 * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
 *
 * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
 * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
 *
 * [CAUTION]
 * ====
 * Avoid leaving a contract uninitialized.
 *
 * An uninitialized contract can be taken over by an attacker. This applies to both a proxy and its implementation
 * contract, which may impact the proxy. To prevent the implementation contract from being used, you should invoke
 * the {_disableInitializers} function in the constructor to automatically lock it when it is deployed:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
 * constructor() {
 *     _disableInitializers();
 * }
 * ```
 * ====
 */
abstract contract Initializable {
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
     * @custom:oz-retyped-from bool
     */
    uint8 private _initialized;
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
     */
    bool private _initializing;
    /**
     * @dev Triggered when the contract has been initialized or reinitialized.
     */
    event Initialized(uint8 version);
    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected initializer function that can be invoked at most once. In its scope,
     * `onlyInitializing` functions can be used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * Similar to `reinitializer(1)`, except that functions marked with `initializer` can be nested in the context of a
     * constructor.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier initializer() {
        bool isTopLevelCall = !_initializing;
        require(
            (isTopLevelCall && _initialized < 1) || (!AddressUpgradeable.isContract(address(this)) && _initialized == 1),
            "Initializable: contract is already initialized"
        );
        _initialized = 1;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = true;
        }
        _;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = false;
            emit Initialized(1);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected reinitializer function that can be invoked at most once, and only if the
     * contract hasn't been initialized to a greater version before. In its scope, `onlyInitializing` functions can be
     * used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * A reinitializer may be used after the original initialization step. This is essential to configure modules that
     * are added through upgrades and that require initialization.
     *
     * When `version` is 1, this modifier is similar to `initializer`, except that functions marked with `reinitializer`
     * cannot be nested. If one is invoked in the context of another, execution will revert.
     *
     * Note that versions can jump in increments greater than 1; this implies that if multiple reinitializers coexist in
     * a contract, executing them in the right order is up to the developer or operator.
     *
     * WARNING: setting the version to 255 will prevent any future reinitialization.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier reinitializer(uint8 version) {
        require(!_initializing && _initialized < version, "Initializable: contract is already initialized");
        _initialized = version;
        _initializing = true;
        _;
        _initializing = false;
        emit Initialized(version);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
     * {initializer} and {reinitializer} modifiers, directly or indirectly.
     */
    modifier onlyInitializing() {
        require(_initializing, "Initializable: contract is not initializing");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Locks the contract, preventing any future reinitialization. This cannot be part of an initializer call.
     * Calling this in the constructor of a contract will prevent that contract from being initialized or reinitialized
     * to any version. It is recommended to use this to lock implementation contracts that are designed to be called
     * through proxies.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event the first time it is successfully executed.
     */
    function _disableInitializers() internal virtual {
        require(!_initializing, "Initializable: contract is initializing");
        if (_initialized < type(uint8).max) {
            _initialized = type(uint8).max;
            emit Initialized(type(uint8).max);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function that returns the initialized version. Returns `_initialized`
     */
    function _getInitializedVersion() internal view returns (uint8) {
        return _initialized;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function that returns the initialized version. Returns `_initializing`
     */
    function _isInitializing() internal view returns (bool) {
        return _initializing;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library AddressUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
     * the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
     *
     * _Available since v4.8._
     */
    function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
        address target,
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            if (returndata.length == 0) {
                // only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
                // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
                require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
            }
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason or using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
            }
        } else {
            revert(errorMessage);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract ContextUpgradeable is Initializable {
    function __Context_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __Context_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/proxy/ERC1967/ERC1967Proxy.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/proxy/transparent/TransparentUpgradeableProxy.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/proxy/transparent/ProxyAdmin.sol";
// Kept for backwards compatibility with older versions of Hardhat and Truffle plugins.
contract AdminUpgradeabilityProxy is TransparentUpgradeableProxy {
    constructor(address logic, address admin, bytes memory data) payable TransparentUpgradeableProxy(logic, admin, data) {}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../Proxy.sol";
import "./ERC1967Upgrade.sol";
/**
 * @dev This contract implements an upgradeable proxy. It is upgradeable because calls are delegated to an
 * implementation address that can be changed. This address is stored in storage in the location specified by
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1967[EIP1967], so that it doesn't conflict with the storage layout of the
 * implementation behind the proxy.
 */
contract ERC1967Proxy is Proxy, ERC1967Upgrade {
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the upgradeable proxy with an initial implementation specified by `_logic`.
     *
     * If `_data` is nonempty, it's used as data in a delegate call to `_logic`. This will typically be an encoded
     * function call, and allows initializating the storage of the proxy like a Solidity constructor.
     */
    constructor(address _logic, bytes memory _data) payable {
        assert(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT == bytes32(uint256(keccak256("eip1967.proxy.implementation")) - 1));
        _upgradeToAndCall(_logic, _data, false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current implementation address.
     */
    function _implementation() internal view virtual override returns (address impl) {
        return ERC1967Upgrade._getImplementation();
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../ERC1967/ERC1967Proxy.sol";
/**
 * @dev This contract implements a proxy that is upgradeable by an admin.
 *
 * To avoid https://medium.com/nomic-labs-blog/malicious-backdoors-in-ethereum-proxies-62629adf3357[proxy selector
 * clashing], which can potentially be used in an attack, this contract uses the
 * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/the-transparent-proxy-pattern/[transparent proxy pattern]. This pattern implies two
 * things that go hand in hand:
 *
 * 1. If any account other than the admin calls the proxy, the call will be forwarded to the implementation, even if
 * that call matches one of the admin functions exposed by the proxy itself.
 * 2. If the admin calls the proxy, it can access the admin functions, but its calls will never be forwarded to the
 * implementation. If the admin tries to call a function on the implementation it will fail with an error that says
 * "admin cannot fallback to proxy target".
 *
 * These properties mean that the admin account can only be used for admin actions like upgrading the proxy or changing
 * the admin, so it's best if it's a dedicated account that is not used for anything else. This will avoid headaches due
 * to sudden errors when trying to call a function from the proxy implementation.
 *
 * Our recommendation is for the dedicated account to be an instance of the {ProxyAdmin} contract. If set up this way,
 * you should think of the `ProxyAdmin` instance as the real administrative interface of your proxy.
 */
contract TransparentUpgradeableProxy is ERC1967Proxy {
    /**
     * @dev Initializes an upgradeable proxy managed by `_admin`, backed by the implementation at `_logic`, and
     * optionally initialized with `_data` as explained in {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
     */
    constructor(address _logic, address admin_, bytes memory _data) payable ERC1967Proxy(_logic, _data) {
        assert(_ADMIN_SLOT == bytes32(uint256(keccak256("eip1967.proxy.admin")) - 1));
        _changeAdmin(admin_);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Modifier used internally that will delegate the call to the implementation unless the sender is the admin.
     */
    modifier ifAdmin() {
        if (msg.sender == _getAdmin()) {
            _;
        } else {
            _fallback();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current admin.
     *
     * NOTE: Only the admin can call this function. See {ProxyAdmin-getProxyAdmin}.
     *
     * TIP: To get this value clients can read directly from the storage slot shown below (specified by EIP1967) using the
     * https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_getstorageat[`eth_getStorageAt`] RPC call.
     * `0xb53127684a568b3173ae13b9f8a6016e243e63b6e8ee1178d6a717850b5d6103`
     */
    function admin() external ifAdmin returns (address admin_) {
        admin_ = _getAdmin();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current implementation.
     *
     * NOTE: Only the admin can call this function. See {ProxyAdmin-getProxyImplementation}.
     *
     * TIP: To get this value clients can read directly from the storage slot shown below (specified by EIP1967) using the
     * https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_getstorageat[`eth_getStorageAt`] RPC call.
     * `0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc`
     */
    function implementation() external ifAdmin returns (address implementation_) {
        implementation_ = _implementation();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Changes the admin of the proxy.
     *
     * Emits an {AdminChanged} event.
     *
     * NOTE: Only the admin can call this function. See {ProxyAdmin-changeProxyAdmin}.
     */
    function changeAdmin(address newAdmin) external virtual ifAdmin {
        _changeAdmin(newAdmin);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Upgrade the implementation of the proxy.
     *
     * NOTE: Only the admin can call this function. See {ProxyAdmin-upgrade}.
     */
    function upgradeTo(address newImplementation) external ifAdmin {
        _upgradeToAndCall(newImplementation, bytes(""), false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Upgrade the implementation of the proxy, and then call a function from the new implementation as specified
     * by `data`, which should be an encoded function call. This is useful to initialize new storage variables in the
     * proxied contract.
     *
     * NOTE: Only the admin can call this function. See {ProxyAdmin-upgradeAndCall}.
     */
    function upgradeToAndCall(address newImplementation, bytes calldata data) external payable ifAdmin {
        _upgradeToAndCall(newImplementation, data, true);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current admin.
     */
    function _admin() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return _getAdmin();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Makes sure the admin cannot access the fallback function. See {Proxy-_beforeFallback}.
     */
    function _beforeFallback() internal virtual override {
        require(msg.sender != _getAdmin(), "TransparentUpgradeableProxy: admin cannot fallback to proxy target");
        super._beforeFallback();
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./TransparentUpgradeableProxy.sol";
import "../../access/Ownable.sol";
/**
 * @dev This is an auxiliary contract meant to be assigned as the admin of a {TransparentUpgradeableProxy}. For an
 * explanation of why you would want to use this see the documentation for {TransparentUpgradeableProxy}.
 */
contract ProxyAdmin is Ownable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current implementation of `proxy`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - This contract must be the admin of `proxy`.
     */
    function getProxyImplementation(TransparentUpgradeableProxy proxy) public view virtual returns (address) {
        // We need to manually run the static call since the getter cannot be flagged as view
        // bytes4(keccak256("implementation()")) == 0x5c60da1b
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = address(proxy).staticcall(hex"5c60da1b");
        require(success);
        return abi.decode(returndata, (address));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current admin of `proxy`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - This contract must be the admin of `proxy`.
     */
    function getProxyAdmin(TransparentUpgradeableProxy proxy) public view virtual returns (address) {
        // We need to manually run the static call since the getter cannot be flagged as view
        // bytes4(keccak256("admin()")) == 0xf851a440
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = address(proxy).staticcall(hex"f851a440");
        require(success);
        return abi.decode(returndata, (address));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Changes the admin of `proxy` to `newAdmin`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - This contract must be the current admin of `proxy`.
     */
    function changeProxyAdmin(TransparentUpgradeableProxy proxy, address newAdmin) public virtual onlyOwner {
        proxy.changeAdmin(newAdmin);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Upgrades `proxy` to `implementation`. See {TransparentUpgradeableProxy-upgradeTo}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - This contract must be the admin of `proxy`.
     */
    function upgrade(TransparentUpgradeableProxy proxy, address implementation) public virtual onlyOwner {
        proxy.upgradeTo(implementation);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Upgrades `proxy` to `implementation` and calls a function on the new implementation. See
     * {TransparentUpgradeableProxy-upgradeToAndCall}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - This contract must be the admin of `proxy`.
     */
    function upgradeAndCall(TransparentUpgradeableProxy proxy, address implementation, bytes memory data) public payable virtual onlyOwner {
        proxy.upgradeToAndCall{value: msg.value}(implementation, data);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev This abstract contract provides a fallback function that delegates all calls to another contract using the EVM
 * instruction `delegatecall`. We refer to the second contract as the _implementation_ behind the proxy, and it has to
 * be specified by overriding the virtual {_implementation} function.
 *
 * Additionally, delegation to the implementation can be triggered manually through the {_fallback} function, or to a
 * different contract through the {_delegate} function.
 *
 * The success and return data of the delegated call will be returned back to the caller of the proxy.
 */
abstract contract Proxy {
    /**
     * @dev Delegates the current call to `implementation`.
     *
     * This function does not return to its internall call site, it will return directly to the external caller.
     */
    function _delegate(address implementation) internal virtual {
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly {
            // Copy msg.data. We take full control of memory in this inline assembly
            // block because it will not return to Solidity code. We overwrite the
            // Solidity scratch pad at memory position 0.
            calldatacopy(0, 0, calldatasize())
            // Call the implementation.
            // out and outsize are 0 because we don't know the size yet.
            let result := delegatecall(gas(), implementation, 0, calldatasize(), 0, 0)
            // Copy the returned data.
            returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
            switch result
            // delegatecall returns 0 on error.
            case 0 { revert(0, returndatasize()) }
            default { return(0, returndatasize()) }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev This is a virtual function that should be overriden so it returns the address to which the fallback function
     * and {_fallback} should delegate.
     */
    function _implementation() internal view virtual returns (address);
    /**
     * @dev Delegates the current call to the address returned by `_implementation()`.
     *
     * This function does not return to its internall call site, it will return directly to the external caller.
     */
    function _fallback() internal virtual {
        _beforeFallback();
        _delegate(_implementation());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Fallback function that delegates calls to the address returned by `_implementation()`. Will run if no other
     * function in the contract matches the call data.
     */
    fallback () external payable virtual {
        _fallback();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Fallback function that delegates calls to the address returned by `_implementation()`. Will run if call data
     * is empty.
     */
    receive () external payable virtual {
        _fallback();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before falling back to the implementation. Can happen as part of a manual `_fallback`
     * call, or as part of the Solidity `fallback` or `receive` functions.
     *
     * If overriden should call `super._beforeFallback()`.
     */
    function _beforeFallback() internal virtual {
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.2;
import "../beacon/IBeacon.sol";
import "../../utils/Address.sol";
import "../../utils/StorageSlot.sol";
/**
 * @dev This abstract contract provides getters and event emitting update functions for
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1967[EIP1967] slots.
 *
 * _Available since v4.1._
 *
 * @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow delegatecall
 */
abstract contract ERC1967Upgrade {
    // This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.rollback" subtracted by 1
    bytes32 private constant _ROLLBACK_SLOT = 0x4910fdfa16fed3260ed0e7147f7cc6da11a60208b5b9406d12a635614ffd9143;
    /**
     * @dev Storage slot with the address of the current implementation.
     * This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.implementation" subtracted by 1, and is
     * validated in the constructor.
     */
    bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the implementation is upgraded.
     */
    event Upgraded(address indexed implementation);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current implementation address.
     */
    function _getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Stores a new address in the EIP1967 implementation slot.
     */
    function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) private {
        require(Address.isContract(newImplementation), "ERC1967: new implementation is not a contract");
        StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform implementation upgrade
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeTo(address newImplementation) internal {
        _setImplementation(newImplementation);
        emit Upgraded(newImplementation);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform implementation upgrade with additional setup call.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeToAndCall(address newImplementation, bytes memory data, bool forceCall) internal {
        _setImplementation(newImplementation);
        emit Upgraded(newImplementation);
        if (data.length > 0 || forceCall) {
            Address.functionDelegateCall(newImplementation, data);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform implementation upgrade with security checks for UUPS proxies, and additional setup call.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeToAndCallSecure(address newImplementation, bytes memory data, bool forceCall) internal {
        address oldImplementation = _getImplementation();
        // Initial upgrade and setup call
        _setImplementation(newImplementation);
        if (data.length > 0 || forceCall) {
            Address.functionDelegateCall(newImplementation, data);
        }
        // Perform rollback test if not already in progress
        StorageSlot.BooleanSlot storage rollbackTesting = StorageSlot.getBooleanSlot(_ROLLBACK_SLOT);
        if (!rollbackTesting.value) {
            // Trigger rollback using upgradeTo from the new implementation
            rollbackTesting.value = true;
            Address.functionDelegateCall(
                newImplementation,
                abi.encodeWithSignature(
                    "upgradeTo(address)",
                    oldImplementation
                )
            );
            rollbackTesting.value = false;
            // Check rollback was effective
            require(oldImplementation == _getImplementation(), "ERC1967Upgrade: upgrade breaks further upgrades");
            // Finally reset to the new implementation and log the upgrade
            _setImplementation(newImplementation);
            emit Upgraded(newImplementation);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform beacon upgrade with additional setup call. Note: This upgrades the address of the beacon, it does
     * not upgrade the implementation contained in the beacon (see {UpgradeableBeacon-_setImplementation} for that).
     *
     * Emits a {BeaconUpgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeBeaconToAndCall(address newBeacon, bytes memory data, bool forceCall) internal {
        _setBeacon(newBeacon);
        emit BeaconUpgraded(newBeacon);
        if (data.length > 0 || forceCall) {
            Address.functionDelegateCall(IBeacon(newBeacon).implementation(), data);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Storage slot with the admin of the contract.
     * This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.admin" subtracted by 1, and is
     * validated in the constructor.
     */
    bytes32 internal constant _ADMIN_SLOT = 0xb53127684a568b3173ae13b9f8a6016e243e63b6e8ee1178d6a717850b5d6103;
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the admin account has changed.
     */
    event AdminChanged(address previousAdmin, address newAdmin);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current admin.
     */
    function _getAdmin() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_ADMIN_SLOT).value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Stores a new address in the EIP1967 admin slot.
     */
    function _setAdmin(address newAdmin) private {
        require(newAdmin != address(0), "ERC1967: new admin is the zero address");
        StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_ADMIN_SLOT).value = newAdmin;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Changes the admin of the proxy.
     *
     * Emits an {AdminChanged} event.
     */
    function _changeAdmin(address newAdmin) internal {
        emit AdminChanged(_getAdmin(), newAdmin);
        _setAdmin(newAdmin);
    }
    /**
     * @dev The storage slot of the UpgradeableBeacon contract which defines the implementation for this proxy.
     * This is bytes32(uint256(keccak256('eip1967.proxy.beacon')) - 1)) and is validated in the constructor.
     */
    bytes32 internal constant _BEACON_SLOT = 0xa3f0ad74e5423aebfd80d3ef4346578335a9a72aeaee59ff6cb3582b35133d50;
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the beacon is upgraded.
     */
    event BeaconUpgraded(address indexed beacon);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current beacon.
     */
    function _getBeacon() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_BEACON_SLOT).value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Stores a new beacon in the EIP1967 beacon slot.
     */
    function _setBeacon(address newBeacon) private {
        require(
            Address.isContract(newBeacon),
            "ERC1967: new beacon is not a contract"
        );
        require(
            Address.isContract(IBeacon(newBeacon).implementation()),
            "ERC1967: beacon implementation is not a contract"
        );
        StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_BEACON_SLOT).value = newBeacon;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev This is the interface that {BeaconProxy} expects of its beacon.
 */
interface IBeacon {
    /**
     * @dev Must return an address that can be used as a delegate call target.
     *
     * {BeaconProxy} will check that this address is a contract.
     */
    function implementation() external view returns (address);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize, which returns 0 for contracts in
        // construction, since the code is only stored at the end of the
        // constructor execution.
        uint256 size;
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly { size := extcodesize(account) }
        return size > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls, avoid-call-value
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{ value: amount }("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain`call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
      return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data, string memory errorMessage) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(address target, bytes memory data, uint256 value) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(address target, bytes memory data, uint256 value, string memory errorMessage) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
        // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{ value: value }(data);
        return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data, string memory errorMessage) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
        // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data, string memory errorMessage) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
        // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    function _verifyCallResult(bool success, bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure returns(bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
            if (returndata.length > 0) {
                // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                assembly {
                    let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                    revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                }
            } else {
                revert(errorMessage);
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Library for reading and writing primitive types to specific storage slots.
 *
 * Storage slots are often used to avoid storage conflict when dealing with upgradeable contracts.
 * This library helps with reading and writing to such slots without the need for inline assembly.
 *
 * The functions in this library return Slot structs that contain a `value` member that can be used to read or write.
 *
 * Example usage to set ERC1967 implementation slot:
 * ```
 * contract ERC1967 {
 *     bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
 *
 *     function _getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
 *         return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
 *     }
 *
 *     function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) internal {
 *         require(Address.isContract(newImplementation), "ERC1967: new implementation is not a contract");
 *         StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * _Available since v4.1 for `address`, `bool`, `bytes32`, and `uint256`._
 */
library StorageSlot {
    struct AddressSlot {
        address value;
    }
    struct BooleanSlot {
        bool value;
    }
    struct Bytes32Slot {
        bytes32 value;
    }
    struct Uint256Slot {
        uint256 value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `AddressSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getAddressSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (AddressSlot storage r) {
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `BooleanSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBooleanSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (BooleanSlot storage r) {
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `Bytes32Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBytes32Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Bytes32Slot storage r) {
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `Uint256Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getUint256Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Uint256Slot storage r) {
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/Context.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract Ownable is Context {
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    constructor () {
        address msgSender = _msgSender();
        _owner = msgSender;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(address(0), msgSender);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        emit OwnershipTransferred(_owner, address(0));
        _owner = address(0);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        emit OwnershipTransferred(_owner, newOwner);
        _owner = newOwner;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/*
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        this; // silence state mutability warning without generating bytecode - see https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/issues/2691
        return msg.data;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../ERC1967/ERC1967Upgrade.sol";
/**
 * @dev Base contract for building openzeppelin-upgrades compatible implementations for the {ERC1967Proxy}. It includes
 * publicly available upgrade functions that are called by the plugin and by the secure upgrade mechanism to verify
 * continuation of the upgradability.
 *
 * The {_authorizeUpgrade} function MUST be overridden to include access restriction to the upgrade mechanism.
 *
 * _Available since v4.1._
 */
abstract contract UUPSUpgradeable is ERC1967Upgrade {
    function upgradeTo(address newImplementation) external virtual {
        _authorizeUpgrade(newImplementation);
        _upgradeToAndCallSecure(newImplementation, bytes(""), false);
    }
    function upgradeToAndCall(address newImplementation, bytes memory data) external payable virtual {
        _authorizeUpgrade(newImplementation);
        _upgradeToAndCallSecure(newImplementation, data, true);
    }
    function _authorizeUpgrade(address newImplementation) internal virtual;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.2;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/proxy/utils/UUPSUpgradeable.sol";
abstract contract Proxiable is UUPSUpgradeable {
    function _authorizeUpgrade(address newImplementation) internal override {
        _beforeUpgrade(newImplementation);
    }
    function _beforeUpgrade(address newImplementation) internal virtual;
}
contract ChildOfProxiable is Proxiable {
    function _beforeUpgrade(address newImplementation) internal virtual override {}
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Royalty registry interface
 */
interface IRoyaltyRegistry is IERC165 {
    event RoyaltyOverride(address owner, address tokenAddress, address royaltyAddress);
    /**
     * Override the location of where to look up royalty information for a given token contract.
     * Allows for backwards compatibility and implementation of royalty logic for contracts that did not previously support them.
     *
     * @param tokenAddress    - The token address you wish to override
     * @param royaltyAddress  - The royalty override address
     */
    function setRoyaltyLookupAddress(address tokenAddress, address royaltyAddress) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * Returns royalty address location.  Returns the tokenAddress by default, or the override if it exists
     *
     * @param tokenAddress    - The token address you are looking up the royalty for
     */
    function getRoyaltyLookupAddress(address tokenAddress) external view returns (address);
    /**
     * Returns the token address that an overrideAddress is set for.
     * Note: will not be accurate if the override was created before this function was added.
     *
     * @param overrideAddress - The override address you are looking up the token for
     */
    function getOverrideLookupTokenAddress(address overrideAddress) external view returns (address);
    /**
     * Whether or not the message sender can override the royalty address for the given token address
     *
     * @param tokenAddress    - The token address you are looking up the royalty for
     */
    function overrideAllowed(address tokenAddress) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT OR Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @notice A library for manipulation of byte arrays.
 */
library BytesLibrary {
    /**
     * @dev Replace the address at the given location in a byte array if the contents at that location
     * match the expected address.
     */
    function replaceAtIf(bytes memory data, uint256 startLocation, address expectedAddress, address newAddress)
        internal
        pure
    {
        bytes memory expectedData = abi.encodePacked(expectedAddress);
        bytes memory newData = abi.encodePacked(newAddress);
        // An address is 20 bytes long
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < 20; i++) {
            uint256 dataLocation = startLocation + i;
            require(data[dataLocation] == expectedData[i], "Bytes: Data provided does not include the expectedAddress");
            data[dataLocation] = newData[i];
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Checks if the call data starts with the given function signature.
     */
    function startsWith(bytes memory callData, bytes4 functionSig) internal pure returns (bool) {
        // A signature is 4 bytes long
        if (callData.length < 4) {
            return false;
        }
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
            if (callData[i] != functionSig[i]) {
                return false;
            }
        }
        return true;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
import "./IRoyaltySplitter.sol";
/**
 * Multi-receiver EIP2981 reference override implementation
 */
interface IEIP2981MultiReceiverRoyaltyOverride is IERC165 {
    event TokenRoyaltyRemoved(uint256 tokenId);
    event TokenRoyaltySet(uint256 tokenId, uint16 royaltyBPS, Recipient[] recipients);
    event DefaultRoyaltySet(uint16 royaltyBPS, Recipient[] recipients);
    struct TokenRoyaltyConfig {
        uint256 tokenId;
        uint16 royaltyBPS;
        Recipient[] recipients;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Set per token royalties.  Passing a recipient of address(0) will delete any existing configuration
     */
    function setTokenRoyalties(TokenRoyaltyConfig[] calldata royalties) external;
    /**
     * @dev Get all token royalty configurations
     */
    function getTokenRoyalties() external view returns (TokenRoyaltyConfig[] memory);
    /**
     * @dev Get the default royalty
     */
    function getDefaultRoyalty() external view returns (uint16 bps, Recipient[] memory);
    /**
     * @dev Set a default royalty configuration.  Will be used if no token specific configuration is set
     */
    function setDefaultRoyalty(uint16 bps, Recipient[] calldata recipients) external;
    /**
     * @dev Helper function to get all splits contracts
     */
    function getAllSplits() external view returns (address payable[] memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
struct Recipient {
    address payable recipient;
    uint16 bps;
}
interface IRoyaltySplitter is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Set the splitter recipients. Total bps must total 10000.
     */
    function setRecipients(Recipient[] calldata recipients) external;
    /**
     * @dev Get the splitter recipients;
     */
    function getRecipients() external view returns (Recipient[] memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/OwnableUpgradeable.sol";
import "./MultiReceiverRoyaltyOverrideCore.sol";
import "./IRoyaltySplitter.sol";
import "../IRoyaltyRegistry.sol";
/**
 * Simple EIP2981 reference override implementation
 */
contract EIP2981MultiReceiverRoyaltyOverrideCloneable is
    EIP2981MultiReceiverRoyaltyMultiReceiverOverrideCore,
    OwnableUpgradeable
{
    function initialize(
        address payable royaltySplitterCloneable,
        uint16 defaultBps,
        Recipient[] memory defaultRecipients,
        address initialOwner
    ) public initializer {
        _transferOwnership(initialOwner);
        _royaltySplitterCloneable = royaltySplitterCloneable;
        // Initialize with default royalties
        _setDefaultRoyalty(defaultBps, defaultRecipients);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IEIP2981MultiReceiverRoyaltyOverride-setTokenRoyalties}.
     */
    function setTokenRoyalties(TokenRoyaltyConfig[] calldata royaltyConfigs) external override onlyOwner {
        _setTokenRoyalties(royaltyConfigs);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IEIP2981MultiReceiverRoyaltyOverride-setDefaultRoyalty}.
     */
    function setDefaultRoyalty(uint16 bps, Recipient[] calldata recipients) external override onlyOwner {
        _setDefaultRoyalty(bps, recipients);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/proxy/Clones.sol";
import "./IMultiReceiverRoyaltyOverride.sol";
import "./RoyaltySplitter.sol";
import "./IRoyaltySplitter.sol";
import "../specs/IEIP2981.sol";
/**
 * Multi-receiver EIP2981 reference override implementation
 */
abstract contract EIP2981MultiReceiverRoyaltyMultiReceiverOverrideCore is
    IEIP2981,
    IEIP2981MultiReceiverRoyaltyOverride,
    ERC165
{
    uint16 private _defaultRoyaltyBPS;
    address payable private _defaultRoyaltySplitter;
    mapping(uint256 => address payable) private _tokenRoyaltiesSplitter;
    mapping(uint256 => uint16) private _tokenRoyaltiesBPS;
    uint256[] private _tokensWithRoyalties;
    // Address of cloneable splitter contract
    address internal _royaltySplitterCloneable;
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override (ERC165, IERC165) returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IEIP2981).interfaceId
            || interfaceId == type(IEIP2981MultiReceiverRoyaltyOverride).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets token royalties. When you override this in the implementation contract
     * ensure that you access restrict it to the contract owner or admin
     */
    function _setTokenRoyalties(TokenRoyaltyConfig[] memory royaltyConfigs) internal {
        for (uint256 i; i < royaltyConfigs.length; i++) {
            TokenRoyaltyConfig memory royaltyConfig = royaltyConfigs[i];
            require(royaltyConfig.royaltyBPS < 10000, "Invalid bps");
            Recipient[] memory recipients = royaltyConfig.recipients;
            address payable splitterAddress = _tokenRoyaltiesSplitter[royaltyConfig.tokenId];
            if (recipients.length == 0) {
                if (splitterAddress != address(0)) {
                    IRoyaltySplitter(splitterAddress).setRecipients(recipients);
                }
                delete _tokenRoyaltiesBPS[royaltyConfig.tokenId];
                emit TokenRoyaltyRemoved(royaltyConfig.tokenId);
            } else {
                if (splitterAddress == address(0)) {
                    splitterAddress = payable(Clones.clone(_royaltySplitterCloneable));
                    RoyaltySplitter(splitterAddress).initialize(recipients);
                    _tokenRoyaltiesSplitter[royaltyConfig.tokenId] = splitterAddress;
                    _tokensWithRoyalties.push(royaltyConfig.tokenId);
                } else {
                    IRoyaltySplitter(splitterAddress).setRecipients(recipients);
                }
                _tokenRoyaltiesBPS[royaltyConfig.tokenId] = royaltyConfig.royaltyBPS;
                emit TokenRoyaltySet(royaltyConfig.tokenId, royaltyConfig.royaltyBPS, recipients);
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets default royalty. When you override this in the implementation contract
     * ensure that you access restrict it to the contract owner or admin
     */
    function _setDefaultRoyalty(uint16 bps, Recipient[] memory recipients) internal {
        require(bps < 10000, "Invalid bps");
        if (_defaultRoyaltySplitter == address(0)) {
            _defaultRoyaltySplitter = payable(Clones.clone(_royaltySplitterCloneable));
            RoyaltySplitter(_defaultRoyaltySplitter).initialize(recipients);
        } else {
            IRoyaltySplitter(_defaultRoyaltySplitter).setRecipients(recipients);
        }
        _defaultRoyaltyBPS = bps;
        emit DefaultRoyaltySet(bps, recipients);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IEIP2981MultiReceiverRoyaltyOverride-getTokenRoyalties}.
     */
    function getTokenRoyalties() external view override returns (TokenRoyaltyConfig[] memory royaltyConfigs) {
        royaltyConfigs = new TokenRoyaltyConfig[](_tokensWithRoyalties.length);
        for (uint256 i; i < _tokensWithRoyalties.length; ++i) {
            TokenRoyaltyConfig memory royaltyConfig;
            uint256 tokenId = _tokensWithRoyalties[i];
            address splitterAddress = _tokenRoyaltiesSplitter[tokenId];
            if (splitterAddress != address(0)) {
                royaltyConfig.recipients = IRoyaltySplitter(splitterAddress).getRecipients();
            }
            royaltyConfig.tokenId = tokenId;
            royaltyConfig.royaltyBPS = _tokenRoyaltiesBPS[tokenId];
            royaltyConfigs[i] = royaltyConfig;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IEIP2981MultiReceiverRoyaltyOverride-getDefaultRoyalty}.
     */
    function getDefaultRoyalty() external view override returns (uint16 bps, Recipient[] memory recipients) {
        if (_defaultRoyaltySplitter != address(0)) {
            recipients = IRoyaltySplitter(_defaultRoyaltySplitter).getRecipients();
        }
        return (_defaultRoyaltyBPS, recipients);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IEIP2981MultiReceiverRoyaltyOverride-royaltyInfo}.
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 value) public view override returns (address, uint256) {
        if (_tokenRoyaltiesSplitter[tokenId] != address(0)) {
            return (_tokenRoyaltiesSplitter[tokenId], value * _tokenRoyaltiesBPS[tokenId] / 10000);
        }
        if (_defaultRoyaltySplitter != address(0) && _defaultRoyaltyBPS != 0) {
            return (_defaultRoyaltySplitter, value * _defaultRoyaltyBPS / 10000);
        }
        return (address(0), 0);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IEIP2981MultiReceiverRoyaltyOverride-getAllSplits}.
     */
    function getAllSplits() external view override returns (address payable[] memory splits) {
        uint256 startingIndex;
        uint256 endingIndex = _tokensWithRoyalties.length;
        if (_defaultRoyaltySplitter != address(0)) {
            splits = new address payable[](1+_tokensWithRoyalties.length);
            splits[0] = _defaultRoyaltySplitter;
            startingIndex = 1;
            ++endingIndex;
        } else {
            // unreachable in practice
            splits = new address payable[](_tokensWithRoyalties.length);
        }
        for (uint256 i = startingIndex; i < endingIndex; ++i) {
            splits[i] = _tokenRoyaltiesSplitter[_tokensWithRoyalties[i - startingIndex]];
        }
    }
    function getRecipients() public view returns (Recipient[] memory) {
        return RoyaltySplitter(_defaultRoyaltySplitter).getRecipients();
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT OR Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/OwnableUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/math/SafeMath.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/proxy/Clones.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol";
import "../libraries/BytesLibrary.sol";
import "./IRoyaltySplitter.sol";
interface IERC20Approve {
    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    function increaseAllowance(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
}
/**
 * Cloneable and configurable royalty splitter contract
 */
contract RoyaltySplitter is Initializable, OwnableUpgradeable, IRoyaltySplitter, ERC165 {
    using BytesLibrary for bytes;
    using AddressUpgradeable for address payable;
    using AddressUpgradeable for address;
    using SafeMath for uint256;
    uint256 internal constant BASIS_POINTS = 10000;
    uint256 constant IERC20_APPROVE_SELECTOR = 0x095ea7b300000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000;
    uint256 constant SELECTOR_MASK = 0xffffffff00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000;
    Recipient[] private _recipients;
    event PercentSplitCreated(address indexed contractAddress);
    event PercentSplitShare(address indexed recipient, uint256 percentInBasisPoints);
    event ETHTransferred(address indexed account, uint256 amount);
    event ERC20Transferred(address indexed erc20Contract, address indexed account, uint256 amount);
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override (ERC165, IERC165) returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IRoyaltySplitter).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Requires that the msg.sender is one of the recipients in this split.
     */
    modifier onlyRecipient() {
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _recipients.length; i++) {
            if (_recipients[i].recipient == msg.sender) {
                _;
                return;
            }
        }
        revert("Split: Can only be called by one of the recipients");
    }
    /**
     * @notice Called once to configure the contract after the initial deployment.
     * @dev This will be called by `createSplit` after deploying the proxy so it should never be called directly.
     */
    function initialize(Recipient[] calldata recipients) public initializer {
        __Ownable_init();
        _setRecipients(recipients);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Set the splitter recipients. Total bps must total 10000.
     */
    function setRecipients(Recipient[] calldata recipients) external override onlyOwner {
        _setRecipients(recipients);
    }
    function _setRecipients(Recipient[] calldata recipients) private {
        delete _recipients;
        if (recipients.length == 0) {
            return;
        }
        uint256 totalBPS;
        for (uint256 i; i < recipients.length; ++i) {
            totalBPS += recipients[i].bps;
            _recipients.push(recipients[i]);
        }
        require(totalBPS == BASIS_POINTS, "Total bps must be 10000");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Get the splitter recipients;
     */
    function getRecipients() external view override returns (Recipient[] memory) {
        return _recipients;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Forwards any ETH received to the recipients in this split.
     * @dev Each recipient increases the gas required to split
     * and contract recipients may significantly increase the gas required.
     */
    receive() external payable {
        _splitETH(msg.value);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Allows any ETH stored by the contract to be split among recipients.
     * @dev Normally ETH is forwarded as it comes in, but a balance in this contract
     * is possible if it was sent before the contract was created or if self destruct was used.
     */
    function splitETH() public {
        _splitETH(address(this).balance);
    }
    function _splitETH(uint256 value) internal {
        if (value > 0) {
            uint256 totalSent;
            uint256 amountToSend;
            unchecked {
                for (uint256 i = _recipients.length - 1; i > 0; i--) {
                    Recipient memory recipient = _recipients[i];
                    amountToSend = (value * recipient.bps) / BASIS_POINTS;
                    totalSent += amountToSend;
                    recipient.recipient.sendValue(amountToSend);
                    emit ETHTransferred(recipient.recipient, amountToSend);
                }
                // Favor the 1st recipient if there are any rounding issues
                amountToSend = value - totalSent;
            }
            _recipients[0].recipient.sendValue(amountToSend);
            emit ETHTransferred(_recipients[0].recipient, amountToSend);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Anyone can call this function to split all available tokens at the provided address between the recipients.
     * @dev This contract is built to split ETH payments. The ability to attempt to split ERC20 tokens is here
     * just in case tokens were also sent so that they don't get locked forever in the contract.
     */
    function splitERC20Tokens(IERC20 erc20Contract) public {
        require(_splitERC20Tokens(erc20Contract), "Split: ERC20 split failed");
    }
    function _splitERC20Tokens(IERC20 erc20Contract) internal returns (bool) {
        try erc20Contract.balanceOf(address(this)) returns (uint256 balance) {
            if (balance == 0) {
                return false;
            }
            uint256 amountToSend;
            uint256 totalSent;
            unchecked {
                for (uint256 i = _recipients.length - 1; i > 0; i--) {
                    Recipient memory recipient = _recipients[i];
                    bool success;
                    (success, amountToSend) = balance.tryMul(recipient.bps);
                    amountToSend /= BASIS_POINTS;
                    totalSent += amountToSend;
                    try erc20Contract.transfer(recipient.recipient, amountToSend) {
                        emit ERC20Transferred(address(erc20Contract), recipient.recipient, amountToSend);
                    } catch {
                        return false;
                    }
                }
                // Favor the 1st recipient if there are any rounding issues
                amountToSend = balance - totalSent;
            }
            try erc20Contract.transfer(_recipients[0].recipient, amountToSend) {
                emit ERC20Transferred(address(erc20Contract), _recipients[0].recipient, amountToSend);
            } catch {
                return false;
            }
            return true;
        } catch {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Allows the split recipients to make an arbitrary contract call.
     * @dev This is provided to allow recovering from unexpected scenarios,
     * such as receiving an NFT at this address.
     *
     * It will first attempt a fair split of ERC20 tokens before proceeding.
     *
     * This contract is built to split ETH payments. The ability to attempt to make other calls is here
     * just in case other assets were also sent so that they don't get locked forever in the contract.
     */
    function proxyCall(address payable target, bytes calldata callData) external onlyRecipient {
        require(
            !callData.startsWith(IERC20Approve.approve.selector)
                && !callData.startsWith(IERC20Approve.increaseAllowance.selector),
            "Split: ERC20 tokens must be split"
        );
        try this.splitERC20Tokens(IERC20(target)) { } catch { }
        target.functionCall(callData);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * EIP-2981
 */
interface IEIP2981 {
    /**
     * bytes4(keccak256("royaltyInfo(uint256,uint256)")) == 0x2a55205a
     *
     * => 0x2a55205a = 0x2a55205a
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 value) external view returns (address, uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (proxy/Clones.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1167[EIP 1167] is a standard for
 * deploying minimal proxy contracts, also known as "clones".
 *
 * > To simply and cheaply clone contract functionality in an immutable way, this standard specifies
 * > a minimal bytecode implementation that delegates all calls to a known, fixed address.
 *
 * The library includes functions to deploy a proxy using either `create` (traditional deployment) or `create2`
 * (salted deterministic deployment). It also includes functions to predict the addresses of clones deployed using the
 * deterministic method.
 *
 * _Available since v3.4._
 */
library Clones {
    /**
     * @dev Deploys and returns the address of a clone that mimics the behaviour of `implementation`.
     *
     * This function uses the create opcode, which should never revert.
     */
    function clone(address implementation) internal returns (address instance) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            // Cleans the upper 96 bits of the `implementation` word, then packs the first 3 bytes
            // of the `implementation` address with the bytecode before the address.
            mstore(0x00, or(shr(0xe8, shl(0x60, implementation)), 0x3d602d80600a3d3981f3363d3d373d3d3d363d73000000))
            // Packs the remaining 17 bytes of `implementation` with the bytecode after the address.
            mstore(0x20, or(shl(0x78, implementation), 0x5af43d82803e903d91602b57fd5bf3))
            instance := create(0, 0x09, 0x37)
        }
        require(instance != address(0), "ERC1167: create failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Deploys and returns the address of a clone that mimics the behaviour of `implementation`.
     *
     * This function uses the create2 opcode and a `salt` to deterministically deploy
     * the clone. Using the same `implementation` and `salt` multiple time will revert, since
     * the clones cannot be deployed twice at the same address.
     */
    function cloneDeterministic(address implementation, bytes32 salt) internal returns (address instance) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            // Cleans the upper 96 bits of the `implementation` word, then packs the first 3 bytes
            // of the `implementation` address with the bytecode before the address.
            mstore(0x00, or(shr(0xe8, shl(0x60, implementation)), 0x3d602d80600a3d3981f3363d3d373d3d3d363d73000000))
            // Packs the remaining 17 bytes of `implementation` with the bytecode after the address.
            mstore(0x20, or(shl(0x78, implementation), 0x5af43d82803e903d91602b57fd5bf3))
            instance := create2(0, 0x09, 0x37, salt)
        }
        require(instance != address(0), "ERC1167: create2 failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Computes the address of a clone deployed using {Clones-cloneDeterministic}.
     */
    function predictDeterministicAddress(
        address implementation,
        bytes32 salt,
        address deployer
    ) internal pure returns (address predicted) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            let ptr := mload(0x40)
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x38), deployer)
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x24), 0x5af43d82803e903d91602b57fd5bf3ff)
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x14), implementation)
            mstore(ptr, 0x3d602d80600a3d3981f3363d3d373d3d3d363d73)
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x58), salt)
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x78), keccak256(add(ptr, 0x0c), 0x37))
            predicted := keccak256(add(ptr, 0x43), 0x55)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Computes the address of a clone deployed using {Clones-cloneDeterministic}.
     */
    function predictDeterministicAddress(address implementation, bytes32 salt)
        internal
        view
        returns (address predicted)
    {
        return predictDeterministicAddress(implementation, salt, address(this));
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (token/ERC20/IERC20.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC20 standard as defined in the EIP.
 */
interface IERC20 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens are moved from one account (`from`) to
     * another (`to`).
     *
     * Note that `value` may be zero.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the allowance of a `spender` for an `owner` is set by
     * a call to {approve}. `value` is the new allowance.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens in existence.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens owned by `account`.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from the caller's account to `to`.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transfer(address to, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be
     * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is
     * zero by default.
     *
     * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.
     */
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the caller's tokens.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk
     * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate
     * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race
     * condition is to first reduce the spender's allowance to 0 and set the
     * desired value afterwards:
     * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from `from` to `to` using the
     * allowance mechanism. `amount` is then deducted from the caller's
     * allowance.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) external returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (utils/math/SafeMath.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
// CAUTION
// This version of SafeMath should only be used with Solidity 0.8 or later,
// because it relies on the compiler's built in overflow checks.
/**
 * @dev Wrappers over Solidity's arithmetic operations.
 *
 * NOTE: `SafeMath` is generally not needed starting with Solidity 0.8, since the compiler
 * now has built in overflow checking.
 */
library SafeMath {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the addition of two unsigned integers, with an overflow flag.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function tryAdd(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 c = a + b;
            if (c < a) return (false, 0);
            return (true, c);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the subtraction of two unsigned integers, with an overflow flag.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function trySub(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
        unchecked {
            if (b > a) return (false, 0);
            return (true, a - b);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the multiplication of two unsigned integers, with an overflow flag.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function tryMul(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
        unchecked {
            // Gas optimization: this is cheaper than requiring 'a' not being zero, but the
            // benefit is lost if 'b' is also tested.
            // See: https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/pull/522
            if (a == 0) return (true, 0);
            uint256 c = a * b;
            if (c / a != b) return (false, 0);
            return (true, c);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the division of two unsigned integers, with a division by zero flag.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function tryDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
        unchecked {
            if (b == 0) return (false, 0);
            return (true, a / b);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the remainder of dividing two unsigned integers, with a division by zero flag.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function tryMod(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
        unchecked {
            if (b == 0) return (false, 0);
            return (true, a % b);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the addition of two unsigned integers, reverting on
     * overflow.
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `+` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - Addition cannot overflow.
     */
    function add(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a + b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the subtraction of two unsigned integers, reverting on
     * overflow (when the result is negative).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `-` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - Subtraction cannot overflow.
     */
    function sub(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a - b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the multiplication of two unsigned integers, reverting on
     * overflow.
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `*` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - Multiplication cannot overflow.
     */
    function mul(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a * b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the integer division of two unsigned integers, reverting on
     * division by zero. The result is rounded towards zero.
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `/` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The divisor cannot be zero.
     */
    function div(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a / b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the remainder of dividing two unsigned integers. (unsigned integer modulo),
     * reverting when dividing by zero.
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `%` operator. This function uses a `revert`
     * opcode (which leaves remaining gas untouched) while Solidity uses an
     * invalid opcode to revert (consuming all remaining gas).
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The divisor cannot be zero.
     */
    function mod(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a % b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the subtraction of two unsigned integers, reverting with custom message on
     * overflow (when the result is negative).
     *
     * CAUTION: This function is deprecated because it requires allocating memory for the error
     * message unnecessarily. For custom revert reasons use {trySub}.
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `-` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - Subtraction cannot overflow.
     */
    function sub(
        uint256 a,
        uint256 b,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            require(b <= a, errorMessage);
            return a - b;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the integer division of two unsigned integers, reverting with custom message on
     * division by zero. The result is rounded towards zero.
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `/` operator. Note: this function uses a
     * `revert` opcode (which leaves remaining gas untouched) while Solidity
     * uses an invalid opcode to revert (consuming all remaining gas).
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The divisor cannot be zero.
     */
    function div(
        uint256 a,
        uint256 b,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            require(b > 0, errorMessage);
            return a / b;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the remainder of dividing two unsigned integers. (unsigned integer modulo),
     * reverting with custom message when dividing by zero.
     *
     * CAUTION: This function is deprecated because it requires allocating memory for the error
     * message unnecessarily. For custom revert reasons use {tryMod}.
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `%` operator. This function uses a `revert`
     * opcode (which leaves remaining gas untouched) while Solidity uses an
     * invalid opcode to revert (consuming all remaining gas).
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The divisor cannot be zero.
     */
    function mod(
        uint256 a,
        uint256 b,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            require(b > 0, errorMessage);
            return a % b;
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol)
// This file was procedurally generated from scripts/generate/templates/EnumerableSet.js.
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Library for managing
 * https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Set_(abstract_data_type)[sets] of primitive
 * types.
 *
 * Sets have the following properties:
 *
 * - Elements are added, removed, and checked for existence in constant time
 * (O(1)).
 * - Elements are enumerated in O(n). No guarantees are made on the ordering.
 *
 * ```
 * contract Example {
 *     // Add the library methods
 *     using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
 *
 *     // Declare a set state variable
 *     EnumerableSet.AddressSet private mySet;
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * As of v3.3.0, sets of type `bytes32` (`Bytes32Set`), `address` (`AddressSet`)
 * and `uint256` (`UintSet`) are supported.
 *
 * [WARNING]
 * ====
 * Trying to delete such a structure from storage will likely result in data corruption, rendering the structure
 * unusable.
 * See https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/pull/11843[ethereum/solidity#11843] for more info.
 *
 * In order to clean an EnumerableSet, you can either remove all elements one by one or create a fresh instance using an
 * array of EnumerableSet.
 * ====
 */
library EnumerableSet {
    // To implement this library for multiple types with as little code
    // repetition as possible, we write it in terms of a generic Set type with
    // bytes32 values.
    // The Set implementation uses private functions, and user-facing
    // implementations (such as AddressSet) are just wrappers around the
    // underlying Set.
    // This means that we can only create new EnumerableSets for types that fit
    // in bytes32.
    struct Set {
        // Storage of set values
        bytes32[] _values;
        // Position of the value in the `values` array, plus 1 because index 0
        // means a value is not in the set.
        mapping(bytes32 => uint256) _indexes;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function _add(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        if (!_contains(set, value)) {
            set._values.push(value);
            // The value is stored at length-1, but we add 1 to all indexes
            // and use 0 as a sentinel value
            set._indexes[value] = set._values.length;
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function _remove(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        // We read and store the value's index to prevent multiple reads from the same storage slot
        uint256 valueIndex = set._indexes[value];
        if (valueIndex != 0) {
            // Equivalent to contains(set, value)
            // To delete an element from the _values array in O(1), we swap the element to delete with the last one in
            // the array, and then remove the last element (sometimes called as 'swap and pop').
            // This modifies the order of the array, as noted in {at}.
            uint256 toDeleteIndex = valueIndex - 1;
            uint256 lastIndex = set._values.length - 1;
            if (lastIndex != toDeleteIndex) {
                bytes32 lastValue = set._values[lastIndex];
                // Move the last value to the index where the value to delete is
                set._values[toDeleteIndex] = lastValue;
                // Update the index for the moved value
                set._indexes[lastValue] = valueIndex; // Replace lastValue's index to valueIndex
            }
            // Delete the slot where the moved value was stored
            set._values.pop();
            // Delete the index for the deleted slot
            delete set._indexes[value];
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function _contains(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private view returns (bool) {
        return set._indexes[value] != 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
     */
    function _length(Set storage set) private view returns (uint256) {
        return set._values.length;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function _at(Set storage set, uint256 index) private view returns (bytes32) {
        return set._values[index];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function _values(Set storage set) private view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        return set._values;
    }
    // Bytes32Set
    struct Bytes32Set {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(Bytes32Set storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (bytes32) {
        return _at(set._inner, index);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        bytes32[] memory result;
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
    // AddressSet
    struct AddressSet {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(AddressSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(uint256(_at(set._inner, index))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (address[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        address[] memory result;
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
    // UintSet
    struct UintSet {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(UintSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(_at(set._inner, index));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        uint256[] memory result;
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract OwnableUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    function __Ownable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __Ownable_init_unchained();
    }
    function __Ownable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        _checkOwner();
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
     */
    function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (proxy/utils/Initializable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.2;
import "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
 * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
 * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
 * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
 *
 * The initialization functions use a version number. Once a version number is used, it is consumed and cannot be
 * reused. This mechanism prevents re-execution of each "step" but allows the creation of new initialization steps in
 * case an upgrade adds a module that needs to be initialized.
 *
 * For example:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * contract MyToken is ERC20Upgradeable {
 *     function initialize() initializer public {
 *         __ERC20_init("MyToken", "MTK");
 *     }
 * }
 * contract MyTokenV2 is MyToken, ERC20PermitUpgradeable {
 *     function initializeV2() reinitializer(2) public {
 *         __ERC20Permit_init("MyToken");
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
 * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
 *
 * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
 * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
 *
 * [CAUTION]
 * ====
 * Avoid leaving a contract uninitialized.
 *
 * An uninitialized contract can be taken over by an attacker. This applies to both a proxy and its implementation
 * contract, which may impact the proxy. To prevent the implementation contract from being used, you should invoke
 * the {_disableInitializers} function in the constructor to automatically lock it when it is deployed:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
 * constructor() {
 *     _disableInitializers();
 * }
 * ```
 * ====
 */
abstract contract Initializable {
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
     * @custom:oz-retyped-from bool
     */
    uint8 private _initialized;
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
     */
    bool private _initializing;
    /**
     * @dev Triggered when the contract has been initialized or reinitialized.
     */
    event Initialized(uint8 version);
    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected initializer function that can be invoked at most once. In its scope,
     * `onlyInitializing` functions can be used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * Similar to `reinitializer(1)`, except that functions marked with `initializer` can be nested in the context of a
     * constructor.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier initializer() {
        bool isTopLevelCall = !_initializing;
        require(
            (isTopLevelCall && _initialized < 1) || (!AddressUpgradeable.isContract(address(this)) && _initialized == 1),
            "Initializable: contract is already initialized"
        );
        _initialized = 1;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = true;
        }
        _;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = false;
            emit Initialized(1);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected reinitializer function that can be invoked at most once, and only if the
     * contract hasn't been initialized to a greater version before. In its scope, `onlyInitializing` functions can be
     * used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * A reinitializer may be used after the original initialization step. This is essential to configure modules that
     * are added through upgrades and that require initialization.
     *
     * When `version` is 1, this modifier is similar to `initializer`, except that functions marked with `reinitializer`
     * cannot be nested. If one is invoked in the context of another, execution will revert.
     *
     * Note that versions can jump in increments greater than 1; this implies that if multiple reinitializers coexist in
     * a contract, executing them in the right order is up to the developer or operator.
     *
     * WARNING: setting the version to 255 will prevent any future reinitialization.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier reinitializer(uint8 version) {
        require(!_initializing && _initialized < version, "Initializable: contract is already initialized");
        _initialized = version;
        _initializing = true;
        _;
        _initializing = false;
        emit Initialized(version);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
     * {initializer} and {reinitializer} modifiers, directly or indirectly.
     */
    modifier onlyInitializing() {
        require(_initializing, "Initializable: contract is not initializing");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Locks the contract, preventing any future reinitialization. This cannot be part of an initializer call.
     * Calling this in the constructor of a contract will prevent that contract from being initialized or reinitialized
     * to any version. It is recommended to use this to lock implementation contracts that are designed to be called
     * through proxies.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event the first time it is successfully executed.
     */
    function _disableInitializers() internal virtual {
        require(!_initializing, "Initializable: contract is initializing");
        if (_initialized < type(uint8).max) {
            _initialized = type(uint8).max;
            emit Initialized(type(uint8).max);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function that returns the initialized version. Returns `_initialized`
     */
    function _getInitializedVersion() internal view returns (uint8) {
        return _initialized;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function that returns the initialized version. Returns `_initializing`
     */
    function _isInitializing() internal view returns (bool) {
        return _initializing;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library AddressUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
     * the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
     *
     * _Available since v4.8._
     */
    function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
        address target,
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            if (returndata.length == 0) {
                // only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
                // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
                require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
            }
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason or using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
            }
        } else {
            revert(errorMessage);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract ContextUpgradeable is Initializable {
    function __Context_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __Context_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT OR Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @notice A library for manipulation of byte arrays.
 */
library BytesLibrary {
    /**
     * @dev Replace the address at the given location in a byte array if the contents at that location
     * match the expected address.
     */
    function replaceAtIf(bytes memory data, uint256 startLocation, address expectedAddress, address newAddress)
        internal
        pure
    {
        bytes memory expectedData = abi.encodePacked(expectedAddress);
        bytes memory newData = abi.encodePacked(newAddress);
        // An address is 20 bytes long
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < 20; i++) {
            uint256 dataLocation = startLocation + i;
            require(data[dataLocation] == expectedData[i], "Bytes: Data provided does not include the expectedAddress");
            data[dataLocation] = newData[i];
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Checks if the call data starts with the given function signature.
     */
    function startsWith(bytes memory callData, bytes4 functionSig) internal pure returns (bool) {
        // A signature is 4 bytes long
        if (callData.length < 4) {
            return false;
        }
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
            if (callData[i] != functionSig[i]) {
                return false;
            }
        }
        return true;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
struct Recipient {
    address payable recipient;
    uint16 bps;
}
interface IRoyaltySplitter is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Set the splitter recipients. Total bps must total 10000.
     */
    function setRecipients(Recipient[] calldata recipients) external;
    /**
     * @dev Get the splitter recipients;
     */
    function getRecipients() external view returns (Recipient[] memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT OR Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/OwnableUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/math/SafeMath.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/proxy/Clones.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol";
import "../libraries/BytesLibrary.sol";
import "./IRoyaltySplitter.sol";
interface IERC20Approve {
    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    function increaseAllowance(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
}
/**
 * Cloneable and configurable royalty splitter contract
 */
contract RoyaltySplitter is Initializable, OwnableUpgradeable, IRoyaltySplitter, ERC165 {
    using BytesLibrary for bytes;
    using AddressUpgradeable for address payable;
    using AddressUpgradeable for address;
    using SafeMath for uint256;
    uint256 internal constant BASIS_POINTS = 10000;
    uint256 constant IERC20_APPROVE_SELECTOR = 0x095ea7b300000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000;
    uint256 constant SELECTOR_MASK = 0xffffffff00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000;
    Recipient[] private _recipients;
    event PercentSplitCreated(address indexed contractAddress);
    event PercentSplitShare(address indexed recipient, uint256 percentInBasisPoints);
    event ETHTransferred(address indexed account, uint256 amount);
    event ERC20Transferred(address indexed erc20Contract, address indexed account, uint256 amount);
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override (ERC165, IERC165) returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IRoyaltySplitter).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Requires that the msg.sender is one of the recipients in this split.
     */
    modifier onlyRecipient() {
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _recipients.length; i++) {
            if (_recipients[i].recipient == msg.sender) {
                _;
                return;
            }
        }
        revert("Split: Can only be called by one of the recipients");
    }
    /**
     * @notice Called once to configure the contract after the initial deployment.
     * @dev This will be called by `createSplit` after deploying the proxy so it should never be called directly.
     */
    function initialize(Recipient[] calldata recipients) public initializer {
        __Ownable_init();
        _setRecipients(recipients);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Set the splitter recipients. Total bps must total 10000.
     */
    function setRecipients(Recipient[] calldata recipients) external override onlyOwner {
        _setRecipients(recipients);
    }
    function _setRecipients(Recipient[] calldata recipients) private {
        delete _recipients;
        if (recipients.length == 0) {
            return;
        }
        uint256 totalBPS;
        for (uint256 i; i < recipients.length; ++i) {
            totalBPS += recipients[i].bps;
            _recipients.push(recipients[i]);
        }
        require(totalBPS == BASIS_POINTS, "Total bps must be 10000");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Get the splitter recipients;
     */
    function getRecipients() external view override returns (Recipient[] memory) {
        return _recipients;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Forwards any ETH received to the recipients in this split.
     * @dev Each recipient increases the gas required to split
     * and contract recipients may significantly increase the gas required.
     */
    receive() external payable {
        _splitETH(msg.value);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Allows any ETH stored by the contract to be split among recipients.
     * @dev Normally ETH is forwarded as it comes in, but a balance in this contract
     * is possible if it was sent before the contract was created or if self destruct was used.
     */
    function splitETH() public {
        _splitETH(address(this).balance);
    }
    function _splitETH(uint256 value) internal {
        if (value > 0) {
            uint256 totalSent;
            uint256 amountToSend;
            unchecked {
                for (uint256 i = _recipients.length - 1; i > 0; i--) {
                    Recipient memory recipient = _recipients[i];
                    amountToSend = (value * recipient.bps) / BASIS_POINTS;
                    totalSent += amountToSend;
                    recipient.recipient.sendValue(amountToSend);
                    emit ETHTransferred(recipient.recipient, amountToSend);
                }
                // Favor the 1st recipient if there are any rounding issues
                amountToSend = value - totalSent;
            }
            _recipients[0].recipient.sendValue(amountToSend);
            emit ETHTransferred(_recipients[0].recipient, amountToSend);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Anyone can call this function to split all available tokens at the provided address between the recipients.
     * @dev This contract is built to split ETH payments. The ability to attempt to split ERC20 tokens is here
     * just in case tokens were also sent so that they don't get locked forever in the contract.
     */
    function splitERC20Tokens(IERC20 erc20Contract) public {
        require(_splitERC20Tokens(erc20Contract), "Split: ERC20 split failed");
    }
    function _splitERC20Tokens(IERC20 erc20Contract) internal returns (bool) {
        try erc20Contract.balanceOf(address(this)) returns (uint256 balance) {
            if (balance == 0) {
                return false;
            }
            uint256 amountToSend;
            uint256 totalSent;
            unchecked {
                for (uint256 i = _recipients.length - 1; i > 0; i--) {
                    Recipient memory recipient = _recipients[i];
                    bool success;
                    (success, amountToSend) = balance.tryMul(recipient.bps);
                    amountToSend /= BASIS_POINTS;
                    totalSent += amountToSend;
                    try erc20Contract.transfer(recipient.recipient, amountToSend) {
                        emit ERC20Transferred(address(erc20Contract), recipient.recipient, amountToSend);
                    } catch {
                        return false;
                    }
                }
                // Favor the 1st recipient if there are any rounding issues
                amountToSend = balance - totalSent;
            }
            try erc20Contract.transfer(_recipients[0].recipient, amountToSend) {
                emit ERC20Transferred(address(erc20Contract), _recipients[0].recipient, amountToSend);
            } catch {
                return false;
            }
            return true;
        } catch {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Allows the split recipients to make an arbitrary contract call.
     * @dev This is provided to allow recovering from unexpected scenarios,
     * such as receiving an NFT at this address.
     *
     * It will first attempt a fair split of ERC20 tokens before proceeding.
     *
     * This contract is built to split ETH payments. The ability to attempt to make other calls is here
     * just in case other assets were also sent so that they don't get locked forever in the contract.
     */
    function proxyCall(address payable target, bytes calldata callData) external onlyRecipient {
        require(
            !callData.startsWith(IERC20Approve.approve.selector)
                && !callData.startsWith(IERC20Approve.increaseAllowance.selector),
            "Split: ERC20 tokens must be split"
        );
        try this.splitERC20Tokens(IERC20(target)) { } catch { }
        target.functionCall(callData);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (proxy/Clones.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1167[EIP 1167] is a standard for
 * deploying minimal proxy contracts, also known as "clones".
 *
 * > To simply and cheaply clone contract functionality in an immutable way, this standard specifies
 * > a minimal bytecode implementation that delegates all calls to a known, fixed address.
 *
 * The library includes functions to deploy a proxy using either `create` (traditional deployment) or `create2`
 * (salted deterministic deployment). It also includes functions to predict the addresses of clones deployed using the
 * deterministic method.
 *
 * _Available since v3.4._
 */
library Clones {
    /**
     * @dev Deploys and returns the address of a clone that mimics the behaviour of `implementation`.
     *
     * This function uses the create opcode, which should never revert.
     */
    function clone(address implementation) internal returns (address instance) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            // Cleans the upper 96 bits of the `implementation` word, then packs the first 3 bytes
            // of the `implementation` address with the bytecode before the address.
            mstore(0x00, or(shr(0xe8, shl(0x60, implementation)), 0x3d602d80600a3d3981f3363d3d373d3d3d363d73000000))
            // Packs the remaining 17 bytes of `implementation` with the bytecode after the address.
            mstore(0x20, or(shl(0x78, implementation), 0x5af43d82803e903d91602b57fd5bf3))
            instance := create(0, 0x09, 0x37)
        }
        require(instance != address(0), "ERC1167: create failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Deploys and returns the address of a clone that mimics the behaviour of `implementation`.
     *
     * This function uses the create2 opcode and a `salt` to deterministically deploy
     * the clone. Using the same `implementation` and `salt` multiple time will revert, since
     * the clones cannot be deployed twice at the same address.
     */
    function cloneDeterministic(address implementation, bytes32 salt) internal returns (address instance) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            // Cleans the upper 96 bits of the `implementation` word, then packs the first 3 bytes
            // of the `implementation` address with the bytecode before the address.
            mstore(0x00, or(shr(0xe8, shl(0x60, implementation)), 0x3d602d80600a3d3981f3363d3d373d3d3d363d73000000))
            // Packs the remaining 17 bytes of `implementation` with the bytecode after the address.
            mstore(0x20, or(shl(0x78, implementation), 0x5af43d82803e903d91602b57fd5bf3))
            instance := create2(0, 0x09, 0x37, salt)
        }
        require(instance != address(0), "ERC1167: create2 failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Computes the address of a clone deployed using {Clones-cloneDeterministic}.
     */
    function predictDeterministicAddress(
        address implementation,
        bytes32 salt,
        address deployer
    ) internal pure returns (address predicted) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            let ptr := mload(0x40)
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x38), deployer)
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x24), 0x5af43d82803e903d91602b57fd5bf3ff)
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x14), implementation)
            mstore(ptr, 0x3d602d80600a3d3981f3363d3d373d3d3d363d73)
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x58), salt)
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x78), keccak256(add(ptr, 0x0c), 0x37))
            predicted := keccak256(add(ptr, 0x43), 0x55)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Computes the address of a clone deployed using {Clones-cloneDeterministic}.
     */
    function predictDeterministicAddress(address implementation, bytes32 salt)
        internal
        view
        returns (address predicted)
    {
        return predictDeterministicAddress(implementation, salt, address(this));
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (token/ERC20/IERC20.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC20 standard as defined in the EIP.
 */
interface IERC20 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens are moved from one account (`from`) to
     * another (`to`).
     *
     * Note that `value` may be zero.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the allowance of a `spender` for an `owner` is set by
     * a call to {approve}. `value` is the new allowance.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens in existence.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens owned by `account`.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from the caller's account to `to`.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transfer(address to, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be
     * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is
     * zero by default.
     *
     * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.
     */
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the caller's tokens.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk
     * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate
     * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race
     * condition is to first reduce the spender's allowance to 0 and set the
     * desired value afterwards:
     * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from `from` to `to` using the
     * allowance mechanism. `amount` is then deducted from the caller's
     * allowance.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) external returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (utils/math/SafeMath.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
// CAUTION
// This version of SafeMath should only be used with Solidity 0.8 or later,
// because it relies on the compiler's built in overflow checks.
/**
 * @dev Wrappers over Solidity's arithmetic operations.
 *
 * NOTE: `SafeMath` is generally not needed starting with Solidity 0.8, since the compiler
 * now has built in overflow checking.
 */
library SafeMath {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the addition of two unsigned integers, with an overflow flag.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function tryAdd(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 c = a + b;
            if (c < a) return (false, 0);
            return (true, c);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the subtraction of two unsigned integers, with an overflow flag.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function trySub(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
        unchecked {
            if (b > a) return (false, 0);
            return (true, a - b);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the multiplication of two unsigned integers, with an overflow flag.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function tryMul(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
        unchecked {
            // Gas optimization: this is cheaper than requiring 'a' not being zero, but the
            // benefit is lost if 'b' is also tested.
            // See: https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/pull/522
            if (a == 0) return (true, 0);
            uint256 c = a * b;
            if (c / a != b) return (false, 0);
            return (true, c);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the division of two unsigned integers, with a division by zero flag.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function tryDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
        unchecked {
            if (b == 0) return (false, 0);
            return (true, a / b);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the remainder of dividing two unsigned integers, with a division by zero flag.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function tryMod(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
        unchecked {
            if (b == 0) return (false, 0);
            return (true, a % b);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the addition of two unsigned integers, reverting on
     * overflow.
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `+` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - Addition cannot overflow.
     */
    function add(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a + b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the subtraction of two unsigned integers, reverting on
     * overflow (when the result is negative).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `-` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - Subtraction cannot overflow.
     */
    function sub(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a - b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the multiplication of two unsigned integers, reverting on
     * overflow.
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `*` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - Multiplication cannot overflow.
     */
    function mul(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a * b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the integer division of two unsigned integers, reverting on
     * division by zero. The result is rounded towards zero.
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `/` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The divisor cannot be zero.
     */
    function div(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a / b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the remainder of dividing two unsigned integers. (unsigned integer modulo),
     * reverting when dividing by zero.
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `%` operator. This function uses a `revert`
     * opcode (which leaves remaining gas untouched) while Solidity uses an
     * invalid opcode to revert (consuming all remaining gas).
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The divisor cannot be zero.
     */
    function mod(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a % b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the subtraction of two unsigned integers, reverting with custom message on
     * overflow (when the result is negative).
     *
     * CAUTION: This function is deprecated because it requires allocating memory for the error
     * message unnecessarily. For custom revert reasons use {trySub}.
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `-` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - Subtraction cannot overflow.
     */
    function sub(
        uint256 a,
        uint256 b,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            require(b <= a, errorMessage);
            return a - b;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the integer division of two unsigned integers, reverting with custom message on
     * division by zero. The result is rounded towards zero.
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `/` operator. Note: this function uses a
     * `revert` opcode (which leaves remaining gas untouched) while Solidity
     * uses an invalid opcode to revert (consuming all remaining gas).
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The divisor cannot be zero.
     */
    function div(
        uint256 a,
        uint256 b,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            require(b > 0, errorMessage);
            return a / b;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the remainder of dividing two unsigned integers. (unsigned integer modulo),
     * reverting with custom message when dividing by zero.
     *
     * CAUTION: This function is deprecated because it requires allocating memory for the error
     * message unnecessarily. For custom revert reasons use {tryMod}.
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `%` operator. This function uses a `revert`
     * opcode (which leaves remaining gas untouched) while Solidity uses an
     * invalid opcode to revert (consuming all remaining gas).
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The divisor cannot be zero.
     */
    function mod(
        uint256 a,
        uint256 b,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            require(b > 0, errorMessage);
            return a % b;
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract OwnableUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    function __Ownable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __Ownable_init_unchained();
    }
    function __Ownable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        _checkOwner();
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
     */
    function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (proxy/utils/Initializable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.2;
import "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
 * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
 * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
 * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
 *
 * The initialization functions use a version number. Once a version number is used, it is consumed and cannot be
 * reused. This mechanism prevents re-execution of each "step" but allows the creation of new initialization steps in
 * case an upgrade adds a module that needs to be initialized.
 *
 * For example:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * contract MyToken is ERC20Upgradeable {
 *     function initialize() initializer public {
 *         __ERC20_init("MyToken", "MTK");
 *     }
 * }
 * contract MyTokenV2 is MyToken, ERC20PermitUpgradeable {
 *     function initializeV2() reinitializer(2) public {
 *         __ERC20Permit_init("MyToken");
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
 * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
 *
 * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
 * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
 *
 * [CAUTION]
 * ====
 * Avoid leaving a contract uninitialized.
 *
 * An uninitialized contract can be taken over by an attacker. This applies to both a proxy and its implementation
 * contract, which may impact the proxy. To prevent the implementation contract from being used, you should invoke
 * the {_disableInitializers} function in the constructor to automatically lock it when it is deployed:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
 * constructor() {
 *     _disableInitializers();
 * }
 * ```
 * ====
 */
abstract contract Initializable {
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
     * @custom:oz-retyped-from bool
     */
    uint8 private _initialized;
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
     */
    bool private _initializing;
    /**
     * @dev Triggered when the contract has been initialized or reinitialized.
     */
    event Initialized(uint8 version);
    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected initializer function that can be invoked at most once. In its scope,
     * `onlyInitializing` functions can be used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * Similar to `reinitializer(1)`, except that functions marked with `initializer` can be nested in the context of a
     * constructor.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier initializer() {
        bool isTopLevelCall = !_initializing;
        require(
            (isTopLevelCall && _initialized < 1) || (!AddressUpgradeable.isContract(address(this)) && _initialized == 1),
            "Initializable: contract is already initialized"
        );
        _initialized = 1;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = true;
        }
        _;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = false;
            emit Initialized(1);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected reinitializer function that can be invoked at most once, and only if the
     * contract hasn't been initialized to a greater version before. In its scope, `onlyInitializing` functions can be
     * used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * A reinitializer may be used after the original initialization step. This is essential to configure modules that
     * are added through upgrades and that require initialization.
     *
     * When `version` is 1, this modifier is similar to `initializer`, except that functions marked with `reinitializer`
     * cannot be nested. If one is invoked in the context of another, execution will revert.
     *
     * Note that versions can jump in increments greater than 1; this implies that if multiple reinitializers coexist in
     * a contract, executing them in the right order is up to the developer or operator.
     *
     * WARNING: setting the version to 255 will prevent any future reinitialization.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier reinitializer(uint8 version) {
        require(!_initializing && _initialized < version, "Initializable: contract is already initialized");
        _initialized = version;
        _initializing = true;
        _;
        _initializing = false;
        emit Initialized(version);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
     * {initializer} and {reinitializer} modifiers, directly or indirectly.
     */
    modifier onlyInitializing() {
        require(_initializing, "Initializable: contract is not initializing");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Locks the contract, preventing any future reinitialization. This cannot be part of an initializer call.
     * Calling this in the constructor of a contract will prevent that contract from being initialized or reinitialized
     * to any version. It is recommended to use this to lock implementation contracts that are designed to be called
     * through proxies.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event the first time it is successfully executed.
     */
    function _disableInitializers() internal virtual {
        require(!_initializing, "Initializable: contract is initializing");
        if (_initialized < type(uint8).max) {
            _initialized = type(uint8).max;
            emit Initialized(type(uint8).max);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function that returns the initialized version. Returns `_initialized`
     */
    function _getInitializedVersion() internal view returns (uint8) {
        return _initialized;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function that returns the initialized version. Returns `_initializing`
     */
    function _isInitializing() internal view returns (bool) {
        return _initializing;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library AddressUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
     * the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
     *
     * _Available since v4.8._
     */
    function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
        address target,
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            if (returndata.length == 0) {
                // only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
                // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
                require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
            }
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason or using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
            }
        } else {
            revert(errorMessage);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract ContextUpgradeable is Initializable {
    function __Context_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __Context_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Royalty registry interface
 */
interface IRoyaltyRegistry is IERC165 {
    event RoyaltyOverride(address owner, address tokenAddress, address royaltyAddress);
    /**
     * Override the location of where to look up royalty information for a given token contract.
     * Allows for backwards compatibility and implementation of royalty logic for contracts that did not previously support them.
     *
     * @param tokenAddress    - The token address you wish to override
     * @param royaltyAddress  - The royalty override address
     */
    function setRoyaltyLookupAddress(address tokenAddress, address royaltyAddress) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * Returns royalty address location.  Returns the tokenAddress by default, or the override if it exists
     *
     * @param tokenAddress    - The token address you are looking up the royalty for
     */
    function getRoyaltyLookupAddress(address tokenAddress) external view returns (address);
    /**
     * Returns the token address that an overrideAddress is set for.
     * Note: will not be accurate if the override was created before this function was added.
     *
     * @param overrideAddress - The override address you are looking up the token for
     */
    function getOverrideLookupTokenAddress(address overrideAddress) external view returns (address);
    /**
     * Whether or not the message sender can override the royalty address for the given token address
     *
     * @param tokenAddress    - The token address you are looking up the royalty for
     */
    function overrideAllowed(address tokenAddress) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165Checker.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/OwnableUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/IAccessControlUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
import "@manifoldxyz/libraries-solidity/contracts/access/IAdminControl.sol";
import "./IRoyaltyRegistry.sol";
import "./specs/INiftyGateway.sol";
import "./specs/IFoundation.sol";
import "./specs/IDigitalax.sol";
import "./specs/IArtBlocks.sol";
/**
 * @dev Registry to lookup royalty configurations
 */
contract RoyaltyRegistry is ERC165, OwnableUpgradeable, IRoyaltyRegistry {
    using AddressUpgradeable for address;
    address public immutable OVERRIDE_FACTORY;
    /**
     * @notice Constructor arg allows efficient lookup of override factory for single-tx overrides.
     *         However, this means the RoyaltyRegistry will need to be upgraded if the override factory is changed.
     */
    constructor(address overrideFactory) {
        OVERRIDE_FACTORY = overrideFactory;
    }
    // Override addresses
    mapping(address => address) private _overrides;
    mapping(address => address) private _overrideLookupToTokenContract;
    function initialize(address _initialOwner) public initializer {
        _transferOwnership(_initialOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override (ERC165, IERC165) returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IRoyaltyRegistry).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IRegistry-getRoyaltyLookupAddress}.
     */
    function getRoyaltyLookupAddress(address tokenAddress) external view override returns (address) {
        address override_ = _overrides[tokenAddress];
        if (override_ != address(0)) {
            return override_;
        }
        return tokenAddress;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IRegistry-getOverrideTokenAddress}.
     */
    function getOverrideLookupTokenAddress(address overrideAddress) external view override returns (address) {
        return _overrideLookupToTokenContract[overrideAddress];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IRegistry-setRoyaltyLookupAddress}.
     */
    function setRoyaltyLookupAddress(address tokenAddress, address royaltyLookupAddress)
        public
        override
        returns (bool)
    {
        require(
            tokenAddress.isContract() && (royaltyLookupAddress.isContract() || royaltyLookupAddress == address(0)),
            "Invalid input"
        );
        require(overrideAllowed(tokenAddress), "Permission denied");
        // look up existing override, if any
        address existingOverride = _overrides[tokenAddress];
        if (existingOverride != address(0)) {
            // delete existing override reverse-lookup
            _overrideLookupToTokenContract[existingOverride] = address(0);
        }
        _overrideLookupToTokenContract[royaltyLookupAddress] = tokenAddress;
        // set new override and reverse-lookup
        _overrides[tokenAddress] = royaltyLookupAddress;
        emit RoyaltyOverride(_msgSender(), tokenAddress, royaltyLookupAddress);
        return true;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IRegistry-overrideAllowed}.
     */
    function overrideAllowed(address tokenAddress) public view override returns (bool) {
        if (owner() == _msgSender()) return true;
        if (
            ERC165Checker.supportsInterface(tokenAddress, type(IAdminControl).interfaceId)
                && IAdminControl(tokenAddress).isAdmin(_msgSender())
        ) {
            return true;
        }
        try OwnableUpgradeable(tokenAddress).owner() returns (address owner) {
            if (owner == _msgSender()) return true;
            if (owner.isContract()) {
                try OwnableUpgradeable(owner).owner() returns (address passThroughOwner) {
                    if (passThroughOwner == _msgSender()) return true;
                } catch { }
            }
        } catch { }
        try IAccessControlUpgradeable(tokenAddress).hasRole(0x00, _msgSender()) returns (bool hasRole) {
            if (hasRole) return true;
        } catch { }
        // Nifty Gateway overrides
        try INiftyBuilderInstance(tokenAddress).niftyRegistryContract() returns (address niftyRegistry) {
            try INiftyRegistry(niftyRegistry).isValidNiftySender(_msgSender()) returns (bool valid) {
                return valid;
            } catch { }
        } catch { }
        // OpenSea overrides
        // Tokens already support Ownable
        // Foundation overrides
        try IFoundationTreasuryNode(tokenAddress).getFoundationTreasury() returns (address payable foundationTreasury) {
            try IFoundationTreasury(foundationTreasury).isAdmin(_msgSender()) returns (bool isAdmin) {
                return isAdmin;
            } catch { }
        } catch { }
        // DIGITALAX overrides
        try IDigitalax(tokenAddress).accessControls() returns (address externalAccessControls) {
            try IDigitalaxAccessControls(externalAccessControls).hasAdminRole(_msgSender()) returns (bool hasRole) {
                if (hasRole) return true;
            } catch { }
        } catch { }
        // Art Blocks overrides
        try IArtBlocks(tokenAddress).admin() returns (address admin) {
            if (admin == _msgSender()) return true;
        } catch { }
        // Superrare overrides
        // Tokens and registry already support Ownable
        // Rarible overrides
        // Tokens already support Ownable
        return false;
    }
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual override (ContextUpgradeable) returns (address) {
        if (msg.sender == OVERRIDE_FACTORY) {
            address relayedSender;
            ///@solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                // the factory appends the original msg.sender as last the word of calldata, which we can read using
                // calldataload
                relayedSender := calldataload(sub(calldatasize(), 0x20))
            }
            return relayedSender;
        }
        // otherwise return msg.sender as normal
        return msg.sender;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Art Blocks nfts
 */
interface IArtBlocks {
    // document getter function of public variable
    function admin() external view returns (address);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Digitalax nfts
 */
interface IDigitalax {
    function accessControls() external view returns (address);
}
/**
 * @dev Digitalax Access Controls Simple
 */
interface IDigitalaxAccessControls {
    function hasAdminRole(address _account) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface IFoundation {
    /*
     *  bytes4(keccak256('getFees(uint256)')) == 0xd5a06d4c
     *
     *  => 0xd5a06d4c = 0xd5a06d4c
     */
    function getFees(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address payable[] memory, uint256[] memory);
}
interface IFoundationTreasuryNode {
    function getFoundationTreasury() external view returns (address payable);
}
interface IFoundationTreasury {
    function isAdmin(address account) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Nifty builder instance
 */
interface INiftyBuilderInstance {
    function niftyRegistryContract() external view returns (address);
}
/**
 * @dev Nifty registry
 */
interface INiftyRegistry {
    /**
     * @dev function to see if sending key is valid
     */
    function isValidNiftySender(address sending_key) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Interface for admin control
 */
interface IAdminControl is IERC165 {
    event AdminApproved(address indexed account, address indexed sender);
    event AdminRevoked(address indexed account, address indexed sender);
    /**
     * @dev gets address of all admins
     */
    function getAdmins() external view returns (address[] memory);
    /**
     * @dev add an admin.  Can only be called by contract owner.
     */
    function approveAdmin(address admin) external;
    /**
     * @dev remove an admin.  Can only be called by contract owner.
     */
    function revokeAdmin(address admin) external;
    /**
     * @dev checks whether or not given address is an admin
     * Returns True if they are
     */
    function isAdmin(address admin) external view returns (bool);
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/introspection/ERC165Checker.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Library used to query support of an interface declared via {IERC165}.
 *
 * Note that these functions return the actual result of the query: they do not
 * `revert` if an interface is not supported. It is up to the caller to decide
 * what to do in these cases.
 */
library ERC165Checker {
    // As per the EIP-165 spec, no interface should ever match 0xffffffff
    bytes4 private constant _INTERFACE_ID_INVALID = 0xffffffff;
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` supports the {IERC165} interface.
     */
    function supportsERC165(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // Any contract that implements ERC165 must explicitly indicate support of
        // InterfaceId_ERC165 and explicitly indicate non-support of InterfaceId_Invalid
        return
            supportsERC165InterfaceUnchecked(account, type(IERC165).interfaceId) &&
            !supportsERC165InterfaceUnchecked(account, _INTERFACE_ID_INVALID);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` supports the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. Support for {IERC165} itself is queried automatically.
     *
     * See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(address account, bytes4 interfaceId) internal view returns (bool) {
        // query support of both ERC165 as per the spec and support of _interfaceId
        return supportsERC165(account) && supportsERC165InterfaceUnchecked(account, interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns a boolean array where each value corresponds to the
     * interfaces passed in and whether they're supported or not. This allows
     * you to batch check interfaces for a contract where your expectation
     * is that some interfaces may not be supported.
     *
     * See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function getSupportedInterfaces(address account, bytes4[] memory interfaceIds)
        internal
        view
        returns (bool[] memory)
    {
        // an array of booleans corresponding to interfaceIds and whether they're supported or not
        bool[] memory interfaceIdsSupported = new bool[](interfaceIds.length);
        // query support of ERC165 itself
        if (supportsERC165(account)) {
            // query support of each interface in interfaceIds
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < interfaceIds.length; i++) {
                interfaceIdsSupported[i] = supportsERC165InterfaceUnchecked(account, interfaceIds[i]);
            }
        }
        return interfaceIdsSupported;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` supports all the interfaces defined in
     * `interfaceIds`. Support for {IERC165} itself is queried automatically.
     *
     * Batch-querying can lead to gas savings by skipping repeated checks for
     * {IERC165} support.
     *
     * See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsAllInterfaces(address account, bytes4[] memory interfaceIds) internal view returns (bool) {
        // query support of ERC165 itself
        if (!supportsERC165(account)) {
            return false;
        }
        // query support of each interface in interfaceIds
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < interfaceIds.length; i++) {
            if (!supportsERC165InterfaceUnchecked(account, interfaceIds[i])) {
                return false;
            }
        }
        // all interfaces supported
        return true;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Query if a contract implements an interface, does not check ERC165 support
     * @param account The address of the contract to query for support of an interface
     * @param interfaceId The interface identifier, as specified in ERC-165
     * @return true if the contract at account indicates support of the interface with
     * identifier interfaceId, false otherwise
     * @dev Assumes that account contains a contract that supports ERC165, otherwise
     * the behavior of this method is undefined. This precondition can be checked
     * with {supportsERC165}.
     * Interface identification is specified in ERC-165.
     */
    function supportsERC165InterfaceUnchecked(address account, bytes4 interfaceId) internal view returns (bool) {
        // prepare call
        bytes memory encodedParams = abi.encodeWithSelector(IERC165.supportsInterface.selector, interfaceId);
        // perform static call
        bool success;
        uint256 returnSize;
        uint256 returnValue;
        assembly {
            success := staticcall(30000, account, add(encodedParams, 0x20), mload(encodedParams), 0x00, 0x20)
            returnSize := returndatasize()
            returnValue := mload(0x00)
        }
        return success && returnSize >= 0x20 && returnValue > 0;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/IAccessControl.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev External interface of AccessControl declared to support ERC165 detection.
 */
interface IAccessControlUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `newAdminRole` is set as ``role``'s admin role, replacing `previousAdminRole`
     *
     * `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is the starting admin for all roles, despite
     * {RoleAdminChanged} not being emitted signaling this.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    event RoleAdminChanged(bytes32 indexed role, bytes32 indexed previousAdminRole, bytes32 indexed newAdminRole);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is granted `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call, an admin role
     * bearer except when using {AccessControl-_setupRole}.
     */
    event RoleGranted(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is revoked `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call:
     *   - if using `revokeRole`, it is the admin role bearer
     *   - if using `renounceRole`, it is the role bearer (i.e. `account`)
     */
    event RoleRevoked(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) external view returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
     * {revokeRole}.
     *
     * To change a role's admin, use {AccessControl-_setRoleAdmin}.
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) external view returns (bytes32);
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
     *
     * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
     * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
     * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
     *
     * If the calling account had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be `account`.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract OwnableUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    function __Ownable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __Ownable_init_unchained();
    }
    function __Ownable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        _checkOwner();
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
     */
    function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (proxy/utils/Initializable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.2;
import "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
 * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
 * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
 * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
 *
 * The initialization functions use a version number. Once a version number is used, it is consumed and cannot be
 * reused. This mechanism prevents re-execution of each "step" but allows the creation of new initialization steps in
 * case an upgrade adds a module that needs to be initialized.
 *
 * For example:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * contract MyToken is ERC20Upgradeable {
 *     function initialize() initializer public {
 *         __ERC20_init("MyToken", "MTK");
 *     }
 * }
 * contract MyTokenV2 is MyToken, ERC20PermitUpgradeable {
 *     function initializeV2() reinitializer(2) public {
 *         __ERC20Permit_init("MyToken");
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
 * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
 *
 * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
 * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
 *
 * [CAUTION]
 * ====
 * Avoid leaving a contract uninitialized.
 *
 * An uninitialized contract can be taken over by an attacker. This applies to both a proxy and its implementation
 * contract, which may impact the proxy. To prevent the implementation contract from being used, you should invoke
 * the {_disableInitializers} function in the constructor to automatically lock it when it is deployed:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
 * constructor() {
 *     _disableInitializers();
 * }
 * ```
 * ====
 */
abstract contract Initializable {
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
     * @custom:oz-retyped-from bool
     */
    uint8 private _initialized;
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
     */
    bool private _initializing;
    /**
     * @dev Triggered when the contract has been initialized or reinitialized.
     */
    event Initialized(uint8 version);
    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected initializer function that can be invoked at most once. In its scope,
     * `onlyInitializing` functions can be used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * Similar to `reinitializer(1)`, except that functions marked with `initializer` can be nested in the context of a
     * constructor.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier initializer() {
        bool isTopLevelCall = !_initializing;
        require(
            (isTopLevelCall && _initialized < 1) || (!AddressUpgradeable.isContract(address(this)) && _initialized == 1),
            "Initializable: contract is already initialized"
        );
        _initialized = 1;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = true;
        }
        _;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = false;
            emit Initialized(1);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected reinitializer function that can be invoked at most once, and only if the
     * contract hasn't been initialized to a greater version before. In its scope, `onlyInitializing` functions can be
     * used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * A reinitializer may be used after the original initialization step. This is essential to configure modules that
     * are added through upgrades and that require initialization.
     *
     * When `version` is 1, this modifier is similar to `initializer`, except that functions marked with `reinitializer`
     * cannot be nested. If one is invoked in the context of another, execution will revert.
     *
     * Note that versions can jump in increments greater than 1; this implies that if multiple reinitializers coexist in
     * a contract, executing them in the right order is up to the developer or operator.
     *
     * WARNING: setting the version to 255 will prevent any future reinitialization.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier reinitializer(uint8 version) {
        require(!_initializing && _initialized < version, "Initializable: contract is already initialized");
        _initialized = version;
        _initializing = true;
        _;
        _initializing = false;
        emit Initialized(version);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
     * {initializer} and {reinitializer} modifiers, directly or indirectly.
     */
    modifier onlyInitializing() {
        require(_initializing, "Initializable: contract is not initializing");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Locks the contract, preventing any future reinitialization. This cannot be part of an initializer call.
     * Calling this in the constructor of a contract will prevent that contract from being initialized or reinitialized
     * to any version. It is recommended to use this to lock implementation contracts that are designed to be called
     * through proxies.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event the first time it is successfully executed.
     */
    function _disableInitializers() internal virtual {
        require(!_initializing, "Initializable: contract is initializing");
        if (_initialized < type(uint8).max) {
            _initialized = type(uint8).max;
            emit Initialized(type(uint8).max);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function that returns the initialized version. Returns `_initialized`
     */
    function _getInitializedVersion() internal view returns (uint8) {
        return _initialized;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function that returns the initialized version. Returns `_initializing`
     */
    function _isInitializing() internal view returns (bool) {
        return _initializing;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library AddressUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
     * the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
     *
     * _Available since v4.8._
     */
    function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
        address target,
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            if (returndata.length == 0) {
                // only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
                // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
                require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
            }
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason or using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
            }
        } else {
            revert(errorMessage);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract ContextUpgradeable is Initializable {
    function __Context_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __Context_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/OwnableUpgradeable.sol";
import "./IAdminControl.sol";
abstract contract AdminControlUpgradeable is OwnableUpgradeable, IAdminControl, ERC165 {
    using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
    // Track registered admins
    EnumerableSet.AddressSet private _admins;
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC165, IERC165) returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IAdminControl).interfaceId
            || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Only allows approved admins to call the specified function
     */
    modifier adminRequired() {
        require(owner() == msg.sender || _admins.contains(msg.sender), "AdminControl: Must be owner or admin");
        _;
    }   
    /**
     * @dev See {IAdminControl-getAdmins}.
     */
    function getAdmins() external view override returns (address[] memory admins) {
        admins = new address[](_admins.length());
        for (uint i = 0; i < _admins.length(); i++) {
            admins[i] = _admins.at(i);
        }
        return admins;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IAdminControl-approveAdmin}.
     */
    function approveAdmin(address admin) external override onlyOwner {
        if (!_admins.contains(admin)) {
            emit AdminApproved(admin, msg.sender);
            _admins.add(admin);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IAdminControl-revokeAdmin}.
     */
    function revokeAdmin(address admin) external override onlyOwner {
        if (_admins.contains(admin)) {
            emit AdminRevoked(admin, msg.sender);
            _admins.remove(admin);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IAdminControl-isAdmin}.
     */
    function isAdmin(address admin) public override view returns (bool) {
        return (owner() == admin || _admins.contains(admin));
    }
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Interface for admin control
 */
interface IAdminControl is IERC165 {
    event AdminApproved(address indexed account, address indexed sender);
    event AdminRevoked(address indexed account, address indexed sender);
    /**
     * @dev gets address of all admins
     */
    function getAdmins() external view returns (address[] memory);
    /**
     * @dev add an admin.  Can only be called by contract owner.
     */
    function approveAdmin(address admin) external;
    /**
     * @dev remove an admin.  Can only be called by contract owner.
     */
    function revokeAdmin(address admin) external;
    /**
     * @dev checks whether or not given address is an admin
     * Returns True if they are
     */
    function isAdmin(address admin) external view returns (bool);
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract OwnableUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    function __Ownable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __Ownable_init_unchained();
    }
    function __Ownable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        _checkOwner();
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
     */
    function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.1) (proxy/utils/Initializable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.2;
import "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
 * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
 * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
 * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
 *
 * The initialization functions use a version number. Once a version number is used, it is consumed and cannot be
 * reused. This mechanism prevents re-execution of each "step" but allows the creation of new initialization steps in
 * case an upgrade adds a module that needs to be initialized.
 *
 * For example:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * contract MyToken is ERC20Upgradeable {
 *     function initialize() initializer public {
 *         __ERC20_init("MyToken", "MTK");
 *     }
 * }
 * contract MyTokenV2 is MyToken, ERC20PermitUpgradeable {
 *     function initializeV2() reinitializer(2) public {
 *         __ERC20Permit_init("MyToken");
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
 * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
 *
 * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
 * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
 *
 * [CAUTION]
 * ====
 * Avoid leaving a contract uninitialized.
 *
 * An uninitialized contract can be taken over by an attacker. This applies to both a proxy and its implementation
 * contract, which may impact the proxy. To prevent the implementation contract from being used, you should invoke
 * the {_disableInitializers} function in the constructor to automatically lock it when it is deployed:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
 * constructor() {
 *     _disableInitializers();
 * }
 * ```
 * ====
 */
abstract contract Initializable {
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
     * @custom:oz-retyped-from bool
     */
    uint8 private _initialized;
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
     */
    bool private _initializing;
    /**
     * @dev Triggered when the contract has been initialized or reinitialized.
     */
    event Initialized(uint8 version);
    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected initializer function that can be invoked at most once. In its scope,
     * `onlyInitializing` functions can be used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * Similar to `reinitializer(1)`, except that functions marked with `initializer` can be nested in the context of a
     * constructor.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier initializer() {
        bool isTopLevelCall = !_initializing;
        require(
            (isTopLevelCall && _initialized < 1) || (!AddressUpgradeable.isContract(address(this)) && _initialized == 1),
            "Initializable: contract is already initialized"
        );
        _initialized = 1;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = true;
        }
        _;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = false;
            emit Initialized(1);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected reinitializer function that can be invoked at most once, and only if the
     * contract hasn't been initialized to a greater version before. In its scope, `onlyInitializing` functions can be
     * used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * A reinitializer may be used after the original initialization step. This is essential to configure modules that
     * are added through upgrades and that require initialization.
     *
     * When `version` is 1, this modifier is similar to `initializer`, except that functions marked with `reinitializer`
     * cannot be nested. If one is invoked in the context of another, execution will revert.
     *
     * Note that versions can jump in increments greater than 1; this implies that if multiple reinitializers coexist in
     * a contract, executing them in the right order is up to the developer or operator.
     *
     * WARNING: setting the version to 255 will prevent any future reinitialization.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier reinitializer(uint8 version) {
        require(!_initializing && _initialized < version, "Initializable: contract is already initialized");
        _initialized = version;
        _initializing = true;
        _;
        _initializing = false;
        emit Initialized(version);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
     * {initializer} and {reinitializer} modifiers, directly or indirectly.
     */
    modifier onlyInitializing() {
        require(_initializing, "Initializable: contract is not initializing");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Locks the contract, preventing any future reinitialization. This cannot be part of an initializer call.
     * Calling this in the constructor of a contract will prevent that contract from being initialized or reinitialized
     * to any version. It is recommended to use this to lock implementation contracts that are designed to be called
     * through proxies.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event the first time it is successfully executed.
     */
    function _disableInitializers() internal virtual {
        require(!_initializing, "Initializable: contract is initializing");
        if (_initialized < type(uint8).max) {
            _initialized = type(uint8).max;
            emit Initialized(type(uint8).max);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the highest version that has been initialized. See {reinitializer}.
     */
    function _getInitializedVersion() internal view returns (uint8) {
        return _initialized;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if the contract is currently initializing. See {onlyInitializing}.
     */
    function _isInitializing() internal view returns (bool) {
        return _initializing;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library AddressUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
     * the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
     *
     * _Available since v4.8._
     */
    function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
        address target,
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            if (returndata.length == 0) {
                // only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
                // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
                require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
            }
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason or using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
            }
        } else {
            revert(errorMessage);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract ContextUpgradeable is Initializable {
    function __Context_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __Context_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (security/ReentrancyGuard.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
 *
 * Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
 * available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
 * (reentrant) calls to them.
 *
 * Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
 * `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
 * those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
 * points to them.
 *
 * TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
 * to protect against it, check out our blog post
 * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
 */
abstract contract ReentrancyGuard {
    // Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
    // word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
    // slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
    // back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
    // pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.
    // The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
    // but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
    // amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
    // transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
    // increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
    uint256 private constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1;
    uint256 private constant _ENTERED = 2;
    uint256 private _status;
    constructor() {
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
     * Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
     * function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
     * by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and making it call a
     * `private` function that does the actual work.
     */
    modifier nonReentrant() {
        _nonReentrantBefore();
        _;
        _nonReentrantAfter();
    }
    function _nonReentrantBefore() private {
        // On the first call to nonReentrant, _status will be _NOT_ENTERED
        require(_status != _ENTERED, "ReentrancyGuard: reentrant call");
        // Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
        _status = _ENTERED;
    }
    function _nonReentrantAfter() private {
        // By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
        // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../IERC721.sol";
/**
 * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional metadata extension
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
 */
interface IERC721Metadata is IERC721 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (token/ERC721/IERC721.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Note that the caller is responsible to confirm that the recipient is capable of receiving ERC721
     * or else they may be permanently lost. Usage of {safeTransferFrom} prevents loss, though the caller must
     * understand this adds an external call which potentially creates a reentrancy vulnerability.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @title ERC721 token receiver interface
 * @dev Interface for any contract that wants to support safeTransfers
 * from ERC721 asset contracts.
 */
interface IERC721Receiver {
    /**
     * @dev Whenever an {IERC721} `tokenId` token is transferred to this contract via {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}
     * by `operator` from `from`, this function is called.
     *
     * It must return its Solidity selector to confirm the token transfer.
     * If any other value is returned or the interface is not implemented by the recipient, the transfer will be reverted.
     *
     * The selector can be obtained in Solidity with `IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector`.
     */
    function onERC721Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
     * the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
     *
     * _Available since v4.8._
     */
    function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
        address target,
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            if (returndata.length == 0) {
                // only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
                // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
                require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
            }
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason or using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
            }
        } else {
            revert(errorMessage);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/introspection/ERC165Checker.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Library used to query support of an interface declared via {IERC165}.
 *
 * Note that these functions return the actual result of the query: they do not
 * `revert` if an interface is not supported. It is up to the caller to decide
 * what to do in these cases.
 */
library ERC165Checker {
    // As per the EIP-165 spec, no interface should ever match 0xffffffff
    bytes4 private constant _INTERFACE_ID_INVALID = 0xffffffff;
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` supports the {IERC165} interface.
     */
    function supportsERC165(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // Any contract that implements ERC165 must explicitly indicate support of
        // InterfaceId_ERC165 and explicitly indicate non-support of InterfaceId_Invalid
        return
            supportsERC165InterfaceUnchecked(account, type(IERC165).interfaceId) &&
            !supportsERC165InterfaceUnchecked(account, _INTERFACE_ID_INVALID);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` supports the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. Support for {IERC165} itself is queried automatically.
     *
     * See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(address account, bytes4 interfaceId) internal view returns (bool) {
        // query support of both ERC165 as per the spec and support of _interfaceId
        return supportsERC165(account) && supportsERC165InterfaceUnchecked(account, interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns a boolean array where each value corresponds to the
     * interfaces passed in and whether they're supported or not. This allows
     * you to batch check interfaces for a contract where your expectation
     * is that some interfaces may not be supported.
     *
     * See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function getSupportedInterfaces(address account, bytes4[] memory interfaceIds)
        internal
        view
        returns (bool[] memory)
    {
        // an array of booleans corresponding to interfaceIds and whether they're supported or not
        bool[] memory interfaceIdsSupported = new bool[](interfaceIds.length);
        // query support of ERC165 itself
        if (supportsERC165(account)) {
            // query support of each interface in interfaceIds
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < interfaceIds.length; i++) {
                interfaceIdsSupported[i] = supportsERC165InterfaceUnchecked(account, interfaceIds[i]);
            }
        }
        return interfaceIdsSupported;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` supports all the interfaces defined in
     * `interfaceIds`. Support for {IERC165} itself is queried automatically.
     *
     * Batch-querying can lead to gas savings by skipping repeated checks for
     * {IERC165} support.
     *
     * See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsAllInterfaces(address account, bytes4[] memory interfaceIds) internal view returns (bool) {
        // query support of ERC165 itself
        if (!supportsERC165(account)) {
            return false;
        }
        // query support of each interface in interfaceIds
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < interfaceIds.length; i++) {
            if (!supportsERC165InterfaceUnchecked(account, interfaceIds[i])) {
                return false;
            }
        }
        // all interfaces supported
        return true;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Query if a contract implements an interface, does not check ERC165 support
     * @param account The address of the contract to query for support of an interface
     * @param interfaceId The interface identifier, as specified in ERC-165
     * @return true if the contract at account indicates support of the interface with
     * identifier interfaceId, false otherwise
     * @dev Assumes that account contains a contract that supports ERC165, otherwise
     * the behavior of this method is undefined. This precondition can be checked
     * with {supportsERC165}.
     * Interface identification is specified in ERC-165.
     */
    function supportsERC165InterfaceUnchecked(address account, bytes4 interfaceId) internal view returns (bool) {
        // prepare call
        bytes memory encodedParams = abi.encodeWithSelector(IERC165.supportsInterface.selector, interfaceId);
        // perform static call
        bool success;
        uint256 returnSize;
        uint256 returnValue;
        assembly {
            success := staticcall(30000, account, add(encodedParams, 0x20), mload(encodedParams), 0x00, 0x20)
            returnSize := returndatasize()
            returnValue := mload(0x00)
        }
        return success && returnSize >= 0x20 && returnValue > 0;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/math/Math.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Standard math utilities missing in the Solidity language.
 */
library Math {
    enum Rounding {
        Down, // Toward negative infinity
        Up, // Toward infinity
        Zero // Toward zero
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the largest of two numbers.
     */
    function max(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a > b ? a : b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the smallest of two numbers.
     */
    function min(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a < b ? a : b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the average of two numbers. The result is rounded towards
     * zero.
     */
    function average(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // (a + b) / 2 can overflow.
        return (a & b) + (a ^ b) / 2;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the ceiling of the division of two numbers.
     *
     * This differs from standard division with `/` in that it rounds up instead
     * of rounding down.
     */
    function ceilDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // (a + b - 1) / b can overflow on addition, so we distribute.
        return a == 0 ? 0 : (a - 1) / b + 1;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculates floor(x * y / denominator) with full precision. Throws if result overflows a uint256 or denominator == 0
     * @dev Original credit to Remco Bloemen under MIT license (https://xn--2-umb.com/21/muldiv)
     * with further edits by Uniswap Labs also under MIT license.
     */
    function mulDiv(
        uint256 x,
        uint256 y,
        uint256 denominator
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
        unchecked {
            // 512-bit multiply [prod1 prod0] = x * y. Compute the product mod 2^256 and mod 2^256 - 1, then use
            // use the Chinese Remainder Theorem to reconstruct the 512 bit result. The result is stored in two 256
            // variables such that product = prod1 * 2^256 + prod0.
            uint256 prod0; // Least significant 256 bits of the product
            uint256 prod1; // Most significant 256 bits of the product
            assembly {
                let mm := mulmod(x, y, not(0))
                prod0 := mul(x, y)
                prod1 := sub(sub(mm, prod0), lt(mm, prod0))
            }
            // Handle non-overflow cases, 256 by 256 division.
            if (prod1 == 0) {
                return prod0 / denominator;
            }
            // Make sure the result is less than 2^256. Also prevents denominator == 0.
            require(denominator > prod1);
            ///////////////////////////////////////////////
            // 512 by 256 division.
            ///////////////////////////////////////////////
            // Make division exact by subtracting the remainder from [prod1 prod0].
            uint256 remainder;
            assembly {
                // Compute remainder using mulmod.
                remainder := mulmod(x, y, denominator)
                // Subtract 256 bit number from 512 bit number.
                prod1 := sub(prod1, gt(remainder, prod0))
                prod0 := sub(prod0, remainder)
            }
            // Factor powers of two out of denominator and compute largest power of two divisor of denominator. Always >= 1.
            // See https://cs.stackexchange.com/q/138556/92363.
            // Does not overflow because the denominator cannot be zero at this stage in the function.
            uint256 twos = denominator & (~denominator + 1);
            assembly {
                // Divide denominator by twos.
                denominator := div(denominator, twos)
                // Divide [prod1 prod0] by twos.
                prod0 := div(prod0, twos)
                // Flip twos such that it is 2^256 / twos. If twos is zero, then it becomes one.
                twos := add(div(sub(0, twos), twos), 1)
            }
            // Shift in bits from prod1 into prod0.
            prod0 |= prod1 * twos;
            // Invert denominator mod 2^256. Now that denominator is an odd number, it has an inverse modulo 2^256 such
            // that denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^256. Compute the inverse by starting with a seed that is correct for
            // four bits. That is, denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^4.
            uint256 inverse = (3 * denominator) ^ 2;
            // Use the Newton-Raphson iteration to improve the precision. Thanks to Hensel's lifting lemma, this also works
            // in modular arithmetic, doubling the correct bits in each step.
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^8
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^16
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^32
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^64
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^128
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^256
            // Because the division is now exact we can divide by multiplying with the modular inverse of denominator.
            // This will give us the correct result modulo 2^256. Since the preconditions guarantee that the outcome is
            // less than 2^256, this is the final result. We don't need to compute the high bits of the result and prod1
            // is no longer required.
            result = prod0 * inverse;
            return result;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculates x * y / denominator with full precision, following the selected rounding direction.
     */
    function mulDiv(
        uint256 x,
        uint256 y,
        uint256 denominator,
        Rounding rounding
    ) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = mulDiv(x, y, denominator);
        if (rounding == Rounding.Up && mulmod(x, y, denominator) > 0) {
            result += 1;
        }
        return result;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the square root of a number. If the number is not a perfect square, the value is rounded down.
     *
     * Inspired by Henry S. Warren, Jr.'s "Hacker's Delight" (Chapter 11).
     */
    function sqrt(uint256 a) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        if (a == 0) {
            return 0;
        }
        // For our first guess, we get the biggest power of 2 which is smaller than the square root of the target.
        //
        // We know that the "msb" (most significant bit) of our target number `a` is a power of 2 such that we have
        // `msb(a) <= a < 2*msb(a)`. This value can be written `msb(a)=2**k` with `k=log2(a)`.
        //
        // This can be rewritten `2**log2(a) <= a < 2**(log2(a) + 1)`
        // → `sqrt(2**k) <= sqrt(a) < sqrt(2**(k+1))`
        // → `2**(k/2) <= sqrt(a) < 2**((k+1)/2) <= 2**(k/2 + 1)`
        //
        // Consequently, `2**(log2(a) / 2)` is a good first approximation of `sqrt(a)` with at least 1 correct bit.
        uint256 result = 1 << (log2(a) >> 1);
        // At this point `result` is an estimation with one bit of precision. We know the true value is a uint128,
        // since it is the square root of a uint256. Newton's method converges quadratically (precision doubles at
        // every iteration). We thus need at most 7 iteration to turn our partial result with one bit of precision
        // into the expected uint128 result.
        unchecked {
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            return min(result, a / result);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculates sqrt(a), following the selected rounding direction.
     */
    function sqrt(uint256 a, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = sqrt(a);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && result * result < a ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 2, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log2(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                value >>= 128;
                result += 128;
            }
            if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                value >>= 64;
                result += 64;
            }
            if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                value >>= 32;
                result += 32;
            }
            if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                value >>= 16;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                value >>= 8;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >> 4 > 0) {
                value >>= 4;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >> 2 > 0) {
                value >>= 2;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >> 1 > 0) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 2, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log2(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log2(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << result < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log10(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >= 10**64) {
                value /= 10**64;
                result += 64;
            }
            if (value >= 10**32) {
                value /= 10**32;
                result += 32;
            }
            if (value >= 10**16) {
                value /= 10**16;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >= 10**8) {
                value /= 10**8;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >= 10**4) {
                value /= 10**4;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >= 10**2) {
                value /= 10**2;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >= 10**1) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log10(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log10(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 10**result < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 256, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     *
     * Adding one to the result gives the number of pairs of hex symbols needed to represent `value` as a hex string.
     */
    function log256(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                value >>= 128;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                value >>= 64;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                value >>= 32;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                value >>= 16;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log256(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log256(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << (result * 8) < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Strings.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./math/Math.sol";
/**
 * @dev String operations.
 */
library Strings {
    bytes16 private constant _SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
    uint8 private constant _ADDRESS_LENGTH = 20;
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 length = Math.log10(value) + 1;
            string memory buffer = new string(length);
            uint256 ptr;
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                ptr := add(buffer, add(32, length))
            }
            while (true) {
                ptr--;
                /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                assembly {
                    mstore8(ptr, byte(mod(value, 10), _SYMBOLS))
                }
                value /= 10;
                if (value == 0) break;
            }
            return buffer;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        unchecked {
            return toHexString(value, Math.log256(value) + 1);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
        buffer[0] = "0";
        buffer[1] = "x";
        for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
            buffer[i] = _SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
            value >>= 4;
        }
        require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
        return string(buffer);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts an `address` with fixed length of 20 bytes to its not checksummed ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(address addr) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        return toHexString(uint256(uint160(addr)), _ADDRESS_LENGTH);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol)
// This file was procedurally generated from scripts/generate/templates/EnumerableSet.js.
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Library for managing
 * https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Set_(abstract_data_type)[sets] of primitive
 * types.
 *
 * Sets have the following properties:
 *
 * - Elements are added, removed, and checked for existence in constant time
 * (O(1)).
 * - Elements are enumerated in O(n). No guarantees are made on the ordering.
 *
 * ```
 * contract Example {
 *     // Add the library methods
 *     using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
 *
 *     // Declare a set state variable
 *     EnumerableSet.AddressSet private mySet;
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * As of v3.3.0, sets of type `bytes32` (`Bytes32Set`), `address` (`AddressSet`)
 * and `uint256` (`UintSet`) are supported.
 *
 * [WARNING]
 * ====
 * Trying to delete such a structure from storage will likely result in data corruption, rendering the structure
 * unusable.
 * See https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/pull/11843[ethereum/solidity#11843] for more info.
 *
 * In order to clean an EnumerableSet, you can either remove all elements one by one or create a fresh instance using an
 * array of EnumerableSet.
 * ====
 */
library EnumerableSet {
    // To implement this library for multiple types with as little code
    // repetition as possible, we write it in terms of a generic Set type with
    // bytes32 values.
    // The Set implementation uses private functions, and user-facing
    // implementations (such as AddressSet) are just wrappers around the
    // underlying Set.
    // This means that we can only create new EnumerableSets for types that fit
    // in bytes32.
    struct Set {
        // Storage of set values
        bytes32[] _values;
        // Position of the value in the `values` array, plus 1 because index 0
        // means a value is not in the set.
        mapping(bytes32 => uint256) _indexes;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function _add(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        if (!_contains(set, value)) {
            set._values.push(value);
            // The value is stored at length-1, but we add 1 to all indexes
            // and use 0 as a sentinel value
            set._indexes[value] = set._values.length;
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function _remove(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        // We read and store the value's index to prevent multiple reads from the same storage slot
        uint256 valueIndex = set._indexes[value];
        if (valueIndex != 0) {
            // Equivalent to contains(set, value)
            // To delete an element from the _values array in O(1), we swap the element to delete with the last one in
            // the array, and then remove the last element (sometimes called as 'swap and pop').
            // This modifies the order of the array, as noted in {at}.
            uint256 toDeleteIndex = valueIndex - 1;
            uint256 lastIndex = set._values.length - 1;
            if (lastIndex != toDeleteIndex) {
                bytes32 lastValue = set._values[lastIndex];
                // Move the last value to the index where the value to delete is
                set._values[toDeleteIndex] = lastValue;
                // Update the index for the moved value
                set._indexes[lastValue] = valueIndex; // Replace lastValue's index to valueIndex
            }
            // Delete the slot where the moved value was stored
            set._values.pop();
            // Delete the index for the deleted slot
            delete set._indexes[value];
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function _contains(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private view returns (bool) {
        return set._indexes[value] != 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
     */
    function _length(Set storage set) private view returns (uint256) {
        return set._values.length;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function _at(Set storage set, uint256 index) private view returns (bytes32) {
        return set._values[index];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function _values(Set storage set) private view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        return set._values;
    }
    // Bytes32Set
    struct Bytes32Set {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(Bytes32Set storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (bytes32) {
        return _at(set._inner, index);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        bytes32[] memory result;
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
    // AddressSet
    struct AddressSet {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(AddressSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(uint256(_at(set._inner, index))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (address[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        address[] memory result;
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
    // UintSet
    struct UintSet {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(UintSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(_at(set._inner, index));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        uint256[] memory result;
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/security/ReentrancyGuard.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Strings.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165Checker.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
import "../extensions/ICreatorExtensionTokenURI.sol";
import "../extensions/ICreatorExtensionRoyalties.sol";
import "./ICreatorCore.sol";
/**
 * @dev Core creator implementation
 */
abstract contract CreatorCore is ReentrancyGuard, ICreatorCore, ERC165 {
    using Strings for uint256;
    using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
    using AddressUpgradeable for address;
    uint256 internal _tokenCount = 0;
    // Base approve transfers address location
    address internal _approveTransferBase;
    // Track registered extensions data
    EnumerableSet.AddressSet internal _extensions;
    EnumerableSet.AddressSet internal _blacklistedExtensions;
    // The baseURI for a given extension
    mapping (address => string) private _extensionBaseURI;
    mapping (address => bool) private _extensionBaseURIIdentical;
    // The prefix for any tokens with a uri configured
    mapping (address => string) private _extensionURIPrefix;
    // Mapping for individual token URIs
    mapping (uint256 => string) internal _tokenURIs;
    // Royalty configurations
    struct RoyaltyConfig {
        address payable receiver;
        uint16 bps;
    }
    mapping (address => RoyaltyConfig[]) internal _extensionRoyalty;
    mapping (uint256 => RoyaltyConfig[]) internal _tokenRoyalty;
    bytes4 private constant _CREATOR_CORE_V1 = 0x28f10a21;
    /**
     * External interface identifiers for royalties
     */
    /**
     *  @dev CreatorCore
     *
     *  bytes4(keccak256('getRoyalties(uint256)')) == 0xbb3bafd6
     *
     *  => 0xbb3bafd6 = 0xbb3bafd6
     */
    bytes4 private constant _INTERFACE_ID_ROYALTIES_CREATORCORE = 0xbb3bafd6;
    /**
     *  @dev Rarible: RoyaltiesV1
     *
     *  bytes4(keccak256('getFeeRecipients(uint256)')) == 0xb9c4d9fb
     *  bytes4(keccak256('getFeeBps(uint256)')) == 0x0ebd4c7f
     *
     *  => 0xb9c4d9fb ^ 0x0ebd4c7f = 0xb7799584
     */
    bytes4 private constant _INTERFACE_ID_ROYALTIES_RARIBLE = 0xb7799584;
    /**
     *  @dev Foundation
     *
     *  bytes4(keccak256('getFees(uint256)')) == 0xd5a06d4c
     *
     *  => 0xd5a06d4c = 0xd5a06d4c
     */
    bytes4 private constant _INTERFACE_ID_ROYALTIES_FOUNDATION = 0xd5a06d4c;
    /**
     *  @dev EIP-2981
     *
     * bytes4(keccak256("royaltyInfo(uint256,uint256)")) == 0x2a55205a
     *
     * => 0x2a55205a = 0x2a55205a
     */
    bytes4 private constant _INTERFACE_ID_ROYALTIES_EIP2981 = 0x2a55205a;
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC165, IERC165) returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(ICreatorCore).interfaceId || interfaceId == _CREATOR_CORE_V1 || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId)
            || interfaceId == _INTERFACE_ID_ROYALTIES_CREATORCORE || interfaceId == _INTERFACE_ID_ROYALTIES_RARIBLE
            || interfaceId == _INTERFACE_ID_ROYALTIES_FOUNDATION || interfaceId == _INTERFACE_ID_ROYALTIES_EIP2981;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Only allows registered extensions to call the specified function
     */
    function requireExtension() internal view {
        require(_extensions.contains(msg.sender), "Must be registered extension");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Only allows non-blacklisted extensions
     */
    function requireNonBlacklist(address extension) internal view {
        require(!_blacklistedExtensions.contains(extension), "Extension blacklisted");
    }   
    /**
     * @dev See {ICreatorCore-getExtensions}.
     */
    function getExtensions() external view override returns (address[] memory extensions) {
        extensions = new address[](_extensions.length());
        for (uint i; i < _extensions.length();) {
            extensions[i] = _extensions.at(i);
            unchecked { ++i; }
        }
        return extensions;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Register an extension
     */
    function _registerExtension(address extension, string calldata baseURI, bool baseURIIdentical) internal virtual {
        require(extension != address(this) && extension.isContract(), "Invalid");
        emit ExtensionRegistered(extension, msg.sender);
        _extensionBaseURI[extension] = baseURI;
        _extensionBaseURIIdentical[extension] = baseURIIdentical;
        _extensions.add(extension);
        _setApproveTransferExtension(extension, true);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {ICreatorCore-setApproveTransferExtension}.
     */
    function setApproveTransferExtension(bool enabled) external override {
        requireExtension();
        _setApproveTransferExtension(msg.sender, enabled);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Set whether or not tokens minted by the extension defers transfer approvals to the extension
     */
    function _setApproveTransferExtension(address extension, bool enabled) internal virtual;
    /**
     * @dev Unregister an extension
     */
    function _unregisterExtension(address extension) internal {
        emit ExtensionUnregistered(extension, msg.sender);
        _extensions.remove(extension);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Blacklist an extension
     */
    function _blacklistExtension(address extension) internal {
       require(extension != address(0) && extension != address(this), "Cannot blacklist yourself");
       if (_extensions.contains(extension)) {
           emit ExtensionUnregistered(extension, msg.sender);
           _extensions.remove(extension);
       }
       if (!_blacklistedExtensions.contains(extension)) {
           emit ExtensionBlacklisted(extension, msg.sender);
           _blacklistedExtensions.add(extension);
       }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Set base token uri for an extension
     */
    function _setBaseTokenURIExtension(string calldata uri, bool identical) internal {
        _extensionBaseURI[msg.sender] = uri;
        _extensionBaseURIIdentical[msg.sender] = identical;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Set token uri prefix for an extension
     */
    function _setTokenURIPrefixExtension(string calldata prefix) internal {
        _extensionURIPrefix[msg.sender] = prefix;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Set token uri for a token of an extension
     */
    function _setTokenURIExtension(uint256 tokenId, string calldata uri) internal {
        require(_tokenExtension(tokenId) == msg.sender, "Invalid token");
        _tokenURIs[tokenId] = uri;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Set base token uri for tokens with no extension
     */
    function _setBaseTokenURI(string calldata uri) internal {
        _extensionBaseURI[address(0)] = uri;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Set token uri prefix for tokens with no extension
     */
    function _setTokenURIPrefix(string calldata prefix) internal {
        _extensionURIPrefix[address(0)] = prefix;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Set token uri for a token with no extension
     */
    function _setTokenURI(uint256 tokenId, string calldata uri) internal {
        require(tokenId > 0 && tokenId <= _tokenCount && _tokenExtension(tokenId) == address(0), "Invalid token");
        _tokenURIs[tokenId] = uri;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Retrieve a token's URI
     */
    function _tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) internal view returns (string memory) {
        require(tokenId > 0 && tokenId <= _tokenCount, "Invalid token");
        address extension = _tokenExtension(tokenId);
        require(!_blacklistedExtensions.contains(extension), "Extension blacklisted");
        if (bytes(_tokenURIs[tokenId]).length != 0) {
            if (bytes(_extensionURIPrefix[extension]).length != 0) {
                return string(abi.encodePacked(_extensionURIPrefix[extension], _tokenURIs[tokenId]));
            }
            return _tokenURIs[tokenId];
        }
        if (ERC165Checker.supportsInterface(extension, type(ICreatorExtensionTokenURI).interfaceId)) {
            return ICreatorExtensionTokenURI(extension).tokenURI(address(this), tokenId);
        }
        if (!_extensionBaseURIIdentical[extension]) {
            return string(abi.encodePacked(_extensionBaseURI[extension], tokenId.toString()));
        } else {
            return _extensionBaseURI[extension];
        }
    }
    /**
     * Helper to get royalties for a token
     */
    function _getRoyalties(uint256 tokenId) view internal returns (address payable[] memory receivers, uint256[] memory bps) {
        // Get token level royalties
        RoyaltyConfig[] memory royalties = _tokenRoyalty[tokenId];
        if (royalties.length == 0) {
            // Get extension specific royalties
            address extension = _tokenExtension(tokenId);
            if (extension != address(0)) {
                if (ERC165Checker.supportsInterface(extension, type(ICreatorExtensionRoyalties).interfaceId)) {
                    (receivers, bps) = ICreatorExtensionRoyalties(extension).getRoyalties(address(this), tokenId);
                    // Extension override exists, just return that
                    if (receivers.length > 0) return (receivers, bps);
                }
                royalties = _extensionRoyalty[extension];
            }
        }
        if (royalties.length == 0) {
            // Get the default royalty
            royalties = _extensionRoyalty[address(0)];
        }
        
        if (royalties.length > 0) {
            receivers = new address payable[](royalties.length);
            bps = new uint256[](royalties.length);
            for (uint i; i < royalties.length;) {
                receivers[i] = royalties[i].receiver;
                bps[i] = royalties[i].bps;
                unchecked { ++i; }
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * Helper to get royalty receivers for a token
     */
    function _getRoyaltyReceivers(uint256 tokenId) view internal returns (address payable[] memory recievers) {
        (recievers, ) = _getRoyalties(tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * Helper to get royalty basis points for a token
     */
    function _getRoyaltyBPS(uint256 tokenId) view internal returns (uint256[] memory bps) {
        (, bps) = _getRoyalties(tokenId);
    }
    function _getRoyaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 value) view internal returns (address receiver, uint256 amount){
        (address payable[] memory receivers, uint256[] memory bps) = _getRoyalties(tokenId);
        require(receivers.length <= 1, "More than 1 royalty receiver");
        
        if (receivers.length == 0) {
            return (address(this), 0);
        }
        return (receivers[0], bps[0]*value/10000);
    }
    /**
     * Set royalties for a token
     */
    function _setRoyalties(uint256 tokenId, address payable[] calldata receivers, uint256[] calldata basisPoints) internal {
       _checkRoyalties(receivers, basisPoints);
        delete _tokenRoyalty[tokenId];
        _setRoyalties(receivers, basisPoints, _tokenRoyalty[tokenId]);
        emit RoyaltiesUpdated(tokenId, receivers, basisPoints);
    }
    /**
     * Set royalties for all tokens of an extension
     */
    function _setRoyaltiesExtension(address extension, address payable[] calldata receivers, uint256[] calldata basisPoints) internal {
        _checkRoyalties(receivers, basisPoints);
        delete _extensionRoyalty[extension];
        _setRoyalties(receivers, basisPoints, _extensionRoyalty[extension]);
        if (extension == address(0)) {
            emit DefaultRoyaltiesUpdated(receivers, basisPoints);
        } else {
            emit ExtensionRoyaltiesUpdated(extension, receivers, basisPoints);
        }
    }
    /**
     * Helper function to check that royalties provided are valid
     */
    function _checkRoyalties(address payable[] calldata receivers, uint256[] calldata basisPoints) private pure {
        require(receivers.length == basisPoints.length, "Invalid input");
        uint256 totalBasisPoints;
        for (uint i; i < basisPoints.length;) {
            totalBasisPoints += basisPoints[i];
            unchecked { ++i; }
        }
        require(totalBasisPoints < 10000, "Invalid total royalties");
    }
    /**
     * Helper function to set royalties
     */
    function _setRoyalties(address payable[] calldata receivers, uint256[] calldata basisPoints, RoyaltyConfig[] storage royalties) private {
        for (uint i; i < basisPoints.length;) {
            royalties.push(
                RoyaltyConfig(
                    {
                        receiver: receivers[i],
                        bps: uint16(basisPoints[i])
                    }
                )
            );
            unchecked { ++i; }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Set the base contract's approve transfer contract location
     */
    function _setApproveTransferBase(address extension) internal {
        _approveTransferBase = extension;
        emit ApproveTransferUpdated(extension);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {ICreatorCore-getApproveTransfer}.
     */
    function getApproveTransfer() external view override returns (address) {
        return _approveTransferBase;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Get the extension for the given token
     */
    function _tokenExtension(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual view returns(address);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol";
import "../extensions/ERC721/IERC721CreatorExtensionApproveTransfer.sol";
import "../extensions/ERC721/IERC721CreatorExtensionBurnable.sol";
import "../permissions/ERC721/IERC721CreatorMintPermissions.sol";
import "./IERC721CreatorCore.sol";
import "./CreatorCore.sol";
/**
 * @dev Core ERC721 creator implementation
 */
abstract contract ERC721CreatorCore is CreatorCore, IERC721CreatorCore {
    uint256 constant public VERSION = 3;
    bytes4 private constant _ERC721_CREATOR_CORE_V1 = 0x9088c207;
    using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
    // Track registered extensions data
    mapping (address => bool) internal _extensionApproveTransfers;
    mapping (address => address) internal _extensionPermissions;
    // For tracking extension indices
    uint16 private _extensionCounter;
    mapping (address => uint16) internal _extensionToIndex;    
    mapping (uint16 => address) internal _indexToExtension;
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(CreatorCore, IERC165) returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC721CreatorCore).interfaceId || interfaceId == _ERC721_CREATOR_CORE_V1 || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {CreatorCore-_setApproveTransferExtension}
     */
    function _setApproveTransferExtension(address extension, bool enabled) internal override {
        if (ERC165Checker.supportsInterface(extension, type(IERC721CreatorExtensionApproveTransfer).interfaceId)) {
            _extensionApproveTransfers[extension] = enabled;
            emit ExtensionApproveTransferUpdated(extension, enabled);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Set mint permissions for an extension
     */
    function _setMintPermissions(address extension, address permissions) internal {
        require(_extensions.contains(extension), "CreatorCore: Invalid extension");
        require(permissions == address(0) || ERC165Checker.supportsInterface(permissions, type(IERC721CreatorMintPermissions).interfaceId), "Invalid address");
        if (_extensionPermissions[extension] != permissions) {
            _extensionPermissions[extension] = permissions;
            emit MintPermissionsUpdated(extension, permissions, msg.sender);
        }
    }
    /**
     * If mint permissions have been set for an extension (extensions can mint by default),
     * check if an extension can mint via the permission contract's approveMint function.
     */
    function _checkMintPermissions(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal {
        if (_extensionPermissions[msg.sender] != address(0)) {
            IERC721CreatorMintPermissions(_extensionPermissions[msg.sender]).approveMint(msg.sender, to, tokenId);
        }
    }
    /**
     * Override for pre mint actions
     */
    function _preMintBase(address, uint256) internal virtual {}
    
    /**
     * Override for pre mint actions for _mintExtension
     */
    function _preMintExtension(address, uint256) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * Post-burning callback and metadata cleanup
     */
    function _postBurn(address owner, uint256 tokenId, address extension) internal virtual {
        // Callback to originating extension if needed
        if (extension != address(0)) {
           if (ERC165Checker.supportsInterface(extension, type(IERC721CreatorExtensionBurnable).interfaceId)) {
               IERC721CreatorExtensionBurnable(extension).onBurn(owner, tokenId);
           }
        }
        // Clear metadata (if any)
        if (bytes(_tokenURIs[tokenId]).length != 0) {
            delete _tokenURIs[tokenId];
        } 
    }
    /**
     * Approve a transfer
     */
    function _approveTransfer(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) internal {
        // Do not need to approve mints
        if (from == address(0)) return;
        _approveTransfer(from, to, tokenId, _tokenExtension(tokenId));
    }
    function _approveTransfer(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, uint16 extensionIndex) internal {
        // Do not need to approve mints
        if (from == address(0)) return;
        _approveTransfer(from, to, tokenId, _indexToExtension[extensionIndex]);
    }
    function _approveTransfer(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, address extension) internal {
        // Do not need to approve mints
        if (from == address(0)) return;
        if (extension != address(0) && _extensionApproveTransfers[extension]) {
            require(IERC721CreatorExtensionApproveTransfer(extension).approveTransfer(msg.sender, from, to, tokenId), "Extension approval failure");
        } else if (_approveTransferBase != address(0)) {
           require(IERC721CreatorExtensionApproveTransfer(_approveTransferBase).approveTransfer(msg.sender, from, to, tokenId), "Extension approval failure");
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Register an extension
     */
    function _registerExtension(address extension, string calldata baseURI, bool baseURIIdentical) internal override {
        require(_extensionCounter < 0xFFFF, "Too many extensions");
        if (_extensionToIndex[extension] == 0) {
            ++_extensionCounter;
            _extensionToIndex[extension] = _extensionCounter;
            _indexToExtension[_extensionCounter] = extension;
        }
        super._registerExtension(extension, baseURI, baseURIIdentical);
    }
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Core creator interface
 */
interface ICreatorCore is IERC165 {
    event ExtensionRegistered(address indexed extension, address indexed sender);
    event ExtensionUnregistered(address indexed extension, address indexed sender);
    event ExtensionBlacklisted(address indexed extension, address indexed sender);
    event MintPermissionsUpdated(address indexed extension, address indexed permissions, address indexed sender);
    event RoyaltiesUpdated(uint256 indexed tokenId, address payable[] receivers, uint256[] basisPoints);
    event DefaultRoyaltiesUpdated(address payable[] receivers, uint256[] basisPoints);
    event ApproveTransferUpdated(address extension);
    event ExtensionRoyaltiesUpdated(address indexed extension, address payable[] receivers, uint256[] basisPoints);
    event ExtensionApproveTransferUpdated(address indexed extension, bool enabled);
    /**
     * @dev gets address of all extensions
     */
    function getExtensions() external view returns (address[] memory);
    /**
     * @dev add an extension.  Can only be called by contract owner or admin.
     * extension address must point to a contract implementing ICreatorExtension.
     * Returns True if newly added, False if already added.
     */
    function registerExtension(address extension, string calldata baseURI) external;
    /**
     * @dev add an extension.  Can only be called by contract owner or admin.
     * extension address must point to a contract implementing ICreatorExtension.
     * Returns True if newly added, False if already added.
     */
    function registerExtension(address extension, string calldata baseURI, bool baseURIIdentical) external;
    /**
     * @dev add an extension.  Can only be called by contract owner or admin.
     * Returns True if removed, False if already removed.
     */
    function unregisterExtension(address extension) external;
    /**
     * @dev blacklist an extension.  Can only be called by contract owner or admin.
     * This function will destroy all ability to reference the metadata of any tokens created
     * by the specified extension. It will also unregister the extension if needed.
     * Returns True if removed, False if already removed.
     */
    function blacklistExtension(address extension) external;
    /**
     * @dev set the baseTokenURI of an extension.  Can only be called by extension.
     */
    function setBaseTokenURIExtension(string calldata uri) external;
    /**
     * @dev set the baseTokenURI of an extension.  Can only be called by extension.
     * For tokens with no uri configured, tokenURI will return "uri+tokenId"
     */
    function setBaseTokenURIExtension(string calldata uri, bool identical) external;
    /**
     * @dev set the common prefix of an extension.  Can only be called by extension.
     * If configured, and a token has a uri set, tokenURI will return "prefixURI+tokenURI"
     * Useful if you want to use ipfs/arweave
     */
    function setTokenURIPrefixExtension(string calldata prefix) external;
    /**
     * @dev set the tokenURI of a token extension.  Can only be called by extension that minted token.
     */
    function setTokenURIExtension(uint256 tokenId, string calldata uri) external;
    /**
     * @dev set the tokenURI of a token extension for multiple tokens.  Can only be called by extension that minted token.
     */
    function setTokenURIExtension(uint256[] memory tokenId, string[] calldata uri) external;
    /**
     * @dev set the baseTokenURI for tokens with no extension.  Can only be called by owner/admin.
     * For tokens with no uri configured, tokenURI will return "uri+tokenId"
     */
    function setBaseTokenURI(string calldata uri) external;
    /**
     * @dev set the common prefix for tokens with no extension.  Can only be called by owner/admin.
     * If configured, and a token has a uri set, tokenURI will return "prefixURI+tokenURI"
     * Useful if you want to use ipfs/arweave
     */
    function setTokenURIPrefix(string calldata prefix) external;
    /**
     * @dev set the tokenURI of a token with no extension.  Can only be called by owner/admin.
     */
    function setTokenURI(uint256 tokenId, string calldata uri) external;
    /**
     * @dev set the tokenURI of multiple tokens with no extension.  Can only be called by owner/admin.
     */
    function setTokenURI(uint256[] memory tokenIds, string[] calldata uris) external;
    /**
     * @dev set a permissions contract for an extension.  Used to control minting.
     */
    function setMintPermissions(address extension, address permissions) external;
    /**
     * @dev Configure so transfers of tokens created by the caller (must be extension) gets approval
     * from the extension before transferring
     */
    function setApproveTransferExtension(bool enabled) external;
    /**
     * @dev get the extension of a given token
     */
    function tokenExtension(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address);
    /**
     * @dev Set default royalties
     */
    function setRoyalties(address payable[] calldata receivers, uint256[] calldata basisPoints) external;
    /**
     * @dev Set royalties of a token
     */
    function setRoyalties(uint256 tokenId, address payable[] calldata receivers, uint256[] calldata basisPoints) external;
    /**
     * @dev Set royalties of an extension
     */
    function setRoyaltiesExtension(address extension, address payable[] calldata receivers, uint256[] calldata basisPoints) external;
    /**
     * @dev Get royalites of a token.  Returns list of receivers and basisPoints
     */
    function getRoyalties(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address payable[] memory, uint256[] memory);
    
    // Royalty support for various other standards
    function getFeeRecipients(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address payable[] memory);
    function getFeeBps(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (uint[] memory);
    function getFees(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address payable[] memory, uint256[] memory);
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 value) external view returns (address, uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Set the default approve transfer contract location.
     */
    function setApproveTransfer(address extension) external; 
    /**
     * @dev Get the default approve transfer contract location.
     */
    function getApproveTransfer() external view returns (address);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "./ICreatorCore.sol";
/**
 * @dev Core ERC721 creator interface
 */
interface IERC721CreatorCore is ICreatorCore {
    /**
     * @dev mint a token with no extension. Can only be called by an admin.
     * Returns tokenId minted
     */
    function mintBase(address to) external returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev mint a token with no extension. Can only be called by an admin.
     * Returns tokenId minted
     */
    function mintBase(address to, string calldata uri) external returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev batch mint a token with no extension. Can only be called by an admin.
     * Returns tokenId minted
     */
    function mintBaseBatch(address to, uint16 count) external returns (uint256[] memory);
    /**
     * @dev batch mint a token with no extension. Can only be called by an admin.
     * Returns tokenId minted
     */
    function mintBaseBatch(address to, string[] calldata uris) external returns (uint256[] memory);
    /**
     * @dev mint a token. Can only be called by a registered extension.
     * Returns tokenId minted
     */
    function mintExtension(address to) external returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev mint a token. Can only be called by a registered extension.
     * Returns tokenId minted
     */
    function mintExtension(address to, string calldata uri) external returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev mint a token. Can only be called by a registered extension.
     * Returns tokenId minted
     */
    function mintExtension(address to, uint80 data) external returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev batch mint a token. Can only be called by a registered extension.
     * Returns tokenIds minted
     */
    function mintExtensionBatch(address to, uint16 count) external returns (uint256[] memory);
    /**
     * @dev batch mint a token. Can only be called by a registered extension.
     * Returns tokenId minted
     */
    function mintExtensionBatch(address to, string[] calldata uris) external returns (uint256[] memory);
    /**
     * @dev batch mint a token. Can only be called by a registered extension.
     * Returns tokenId minted
     */
    function mintExtensionBatch(address to, uint80[] calldata data) external returns (uint256[] memory);
    /**
     * @dev burn a token. Can only be called by token owner or approved address.
     * On burn, calls back to the registered extension's onBurn method
     */
    function burn(uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @dev get token data
     */
    function tokenData(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (uint80);
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@manifoldxyz/libraries-solidity/contracts/access/AdminControlUpgradeable.sol";
import "./core/ERC721CreatorCore.sol";
import "./token/ERC721/ERC721Upgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev ERC721Creator implementation
 */
contract ERC721CreatorImplementation is AdminControlUpgradeable, ERC721Upgradeable, ERC721CreatorCore {
    using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
    /**
     * Initializer
     */
    function initialize(string memory _name, string memory _symbol) public initializer {
        __ERC721_init(_name, _symbol);
        __Ownable_init();
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC721Core, ERC721CreatorCore, AdminControlUpgradeable) returns (bool) {
        return ERC721CreatorCore.supportsInterface(interfaceId) || ERC721Core.supportsInterface(interfaceId) || AdminControlUpgradeable.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    function _beforeTokenTransfer(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, uint96 data) internal virtual override {
        _approveTransfer(from, to, tokenId, uint16(data));
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {ICreatorCore-registerExtension}.
     */
    function registerExtension(address extension, string calldata baseURI) external override adminRequired {
        requireNonBlacklist(extension);
        _registerExtension(extension, baseURI, false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {ICreatorCore-registerExtension}.
     */
    function registerExtension(address extension, string calldata baseURI, bool baseURIIdentical) external override adminRequired {
        requireNonBlacklist(extension);
        _registerExtension(extension, baseURI, baseURIIdentical);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {ICreatorCore-unregisterExtension}.
     */
    function unregisterExtension(address extension) external override adminRequired {
        _unregisterExtension(extension);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {ICreatorCore-blacklistExtension}.
     */
    function blacklistExtension(address extension) external override adminRequired {
        _blacklistExtension(extension);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {ICreatorCore-setBaseTokenURIExtension}.
     */
    function setBaseTokenURIExtension(string calldata uri) external override {
        requireExtension();
        _setBaseTokenURIExtension(uri, false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {ICreatorCore-setBaseTokenURIExtension}.
     */
    function setBaseTokenURIExtension(string calldata uri, bool identical) external override {
        requireExtension();
        _setBaseTokenURIExtension(uri, identical);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {ICreatorCore-setTokenURIPrefixExtension}.
     */
    function setTokenURIPrefixExtension(string calldata prefix) external override {
        requireExtension();
        _setTokenURIPrefixExtension(prefix);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {ICreatorCore-setTokenURIExtension}.
     */
    function setTokenURIExtension(uint256 tokenId, string calldata uri) external override {
        requireExtension();
        _setTokenURIExtension(tokenId, uri);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {ICreatorCore-setTokenURIExtension}.
     */
    function setTokenURIExtension(uint256[] calldata tokenIds, string[] calldata uris) external override {
        requireExtension();
        require(tokenIds.length == uris.length, "Invalid input");
        for (uint i; i < tokenIds.length;) {
            _setTokenURIExtension(tokenIds[i], uris[i]);
            unchecked { ++i; }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {ICreatorCore-setBaseTokenURI}.
     */
    function setBaseTokenURI(string calldata uri) external override adminRequired {
        _setBaseTokenURI(uri);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {ICreatorCore-setTokenURIPrefix}.
     */
    function setTokenURIPrefix(string calldata prefix) external override adminRequired {
        _setTokenURIPrefix(prefix);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {ICreatorCore-setTokenURI}.
     */
    function setTokenURI(uint256 tokenId, string calldata uri) external override adminRequired {
        _setTokenURI(tokenId, uri);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {ICreatorCore-setTokenURI}.
     */
    function setTokenURI(uint256[] calldata tokenIds, string[] calldata uris) external override adminRequired {
        require(tokenIds.length == uris.length, "Invalid input");
        for (uint i; i < tokenIds.length;) {
            _setTokenURI(tokenIds[i], uris[i]);
            unchecked { ++i; }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {ICreatorCore-setMintPermissions}.
     */
    function setMintPermissions(address extension, address permissions) external override adminRequired {
        _setMintPermissions(extension, permissions);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721CreatorCore-mintBase}.
     */
    function mintBase(address to) public virtual override nonReentrant adminRequired returns(uint256) {
        return _mintBase(to, "", 0);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721CreatorCore-mintBase}.
     */
    function mintBase(address to, string calldata uri) public virtual override nonReentrant adminRequired returns(uint256) {
        return _mintBase(to, uri, 0);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721CreatorCore-mintBaseBatch}.
     */
    function mintBaseBatch(address to, uint16 count) public virtual override nonReentrant adminRequired returns(uint256[] memory tokenIds) {
        tokenIds = new uint256[](count);
        uint256 firstTokenId = _tokenCount+1;
        _tokenCount += count;
        for (uint i; i < count;) {
            tokenIds[i] = _mintBase(to, "", firstTokenId+i);
            unchecked { ++i; }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721CreatorCore-mintBaseBatch}.
     */
    function mintBaseBatch(address to, string[] calldata uris) public virtual override nonReentrant adminRequired returns(uint256[] memory tokenIds) {
        tokenIds = new uint256[](uris.length);
        uint256 firstTokenId = _tokenCount+1;
        _tokenCount += uris.length;
        for (uint i; i < uris.length;) {
            tokenIds[i] = _mintBase(to, uris[i], firstTokenId+i);
            unchecked { ++i; }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Mint token with no extension
     */
    function _mintBase(address to, string memory uri, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual returns(uint256) {
        if (tokenId == 0) {
            ++_tokenCount;
            tokenId = _tokenCount;
        }
        // Call pre mint
        _preMintBase(to, tokenId);
        _safeMint(to, tokenId, 0);
        if (bytes(uri).length > 0) {
            _tokenURIs[tokenId] = uri;
        }
        return tokenId;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721CreatorCore-mintExtension}.
     */
    function mintExtension(address to) public virtual override nonReentrant returns(uint256) {
        requireExtension();
        return _mintExtension(to, "", 0, 0);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721CreatorCore-mintExtension}.
     */
    function mintExtension(address to, string calldata uri) public virtual override nonReentrant returns(uint256) {
        requireExtension();
        return _mintExtension(to, uri, 0, 0);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721CreatorCore-mintExtension}.
     */
    function mintExtension(address to, uint80 data) public virtual override nonReentrant returns(uint256) {
        requireExtension();
        return _mintExtension(to, "", data, 0);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721CreatorCore-mintExtensionBatch}.
     */
    function mintExtensionBatch(address to, uint16 count) public virtual override nonReentrant returns(uint256[] memory tokenIds) {
        requireExtension();
        tokenIds = new uint256[](count);
        uint256 firstTokenId = _tokenCount+1;
        _tokenCount += count;
        for (uint i; i < count;) {
            tokenIds[i] = _mintExtension(to, "", 0, firstTokenId+i);
            unchecked { ++i; }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721CreatorCore-mintExtensionBatch}.
     */
    function mintExtensionBatch(address to, string[] calldata uris) public virtual override nonReentrant returns(uint256[] memory tokenIds) {
        requireExtension();
        tokenIds = new uint256[](uris.length);
        uint256 firstTokenId = _tokenCount+1;
        _tokenCount += uris.length;
        for (uint i; i < uris.length;) {
            tokenIds[i] = _mintExtension(to, uris[i], 0, firstTokenId+i);
            unchecked { ++i; }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721CreatorCore-mintExtensionBatch}.
     */
    function mintExtensionBatch(address to, uint80[] calldata data) public virtual override nonReentrant returns(uint256[] memory tokenIds) {
        requireExtension();
        tokenIds = new uint256[](data.length);
        uint256 firstTokenId = _tokenCount+1;
        _tokenCount += data.length;
        for (uint i; i < data.length;) {
            tokenIds[i] = _mintExtension(to, "", data[i], firstTokenId+i);
            unchecked { ++i; }
        }
    }
    
    /**
     * @dev Mint token via extension
     */
    function _mintExtension(address to, string memory uri, uint80 data, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual returns(uint256) {
        if (tokenId == 0) {
            ++_tokenCount;
            tokenId = _tokenCount;
        }
        _checkMintPermissions(to, tokenId);
        // Call pre mint
        _preMintExtension(to, tokenId);
        _safeMint(to, tokenId, data << 16 | _extensionToIndex[msg.sender]);
        if (bytes(uri).length > 0) {
            _tokenURIs[tokenId] = uri;
        }
        return tokenId;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721CreatorCore-tokenExtension}.
     */
    function tokenExtension(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address extension) {
        require(_exists(tokenId), "Nonexistent token");
        extension = _tokenExtension(tokenId);
        require(extension != address(0), "No extension for token");
        require(!_blacklistedExtensions.contains(extension), "Extension blacklisted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721CreatorCore-burn}.
     */
    function burn(uint256 tokenId) public virtual override nonReentrant {
        require(_isApprovedOrOwner(msg.sender, tokenId), "Caller is not owner or approved");
        address owner = ownerOf(tokenId);
        address extension = _tokenExtension(tokenId);
        _burn(tokenId);
        _postBurn(owner, tokenId, extension);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {ICreatorCore-setRoyalties}.
     */
    function setRoyalties(address payable[] calldata receivers, uint256[] calldata basisPoints) external override adminRequired {
        _setRoyaltiesExtension(address(0), receivers, basisPoints);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {ICreatorCore-setRoyalties}.
     */
    function setRoyalties(uint256 tokenId, address payable[] calldata receivers, uint256[] calldata basisPoints) external override adminRequired {
        require(_exists(tokenId), "Nonexistent token");
        _setRoyalties(tokenId, receivers, basisPoints);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {ICreatorCore-setRoyaltiesExtension}.
     */
    function setRoyaltiesExtension(address extension, address payable[] calldata receivers, uint256[] calldata basisPoints) external override adminRequired {
        _setRoyaltiesExtension(extension, receivers, basisPoints);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {ICreatorCore-getRoyalties}.
     */
    function getRoyalties(uint256 tokenId) external view virtual override returns (address payable[] memory, uint256[] memory) {
        require(_exists(tokenId), "Nonexistent token");
        return _getRoyalties(tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {ICreatorCore-getFees}.
     */
    function getFees(uint256 tokenId) external view virtual override returns (address payable[] memory, uint256[] memory) {
        require(_exists(tokenId), "Nonexistent token");
        return _getRoyalties(tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {ICreatorCore-getFeeRecipients}.
     */
    function getFeeRecipients(uint256 tokenId) external view virtual override returns (address payable[] memory) {
        require(_exists(tokenId), "Nonexistent token");
        return _getRoyaltyReceivers(tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {ICreatorCore-getFeeBps}.
     */
    function getFeeBps(uint256 tokenId) external view virtual override returns (uint[] memory) {
        require(_exists(tokenId), "Nonexistent token");
        return _getRoyaltyBPS(tokenId);
    }
    
    /**
     * @dev See {ICreatorCore-royaltyInfo}.
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 value) external view virtual override returns (address, uint256) {
        require(_exists(tokenId), "Nonexistent token");
        return _getRoyaltyInfo(tokenId, value);
    } 
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-tokenURI}.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        require(_exists(tokenId), "Nonexistent token");
        return _tokenURI(tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {ICreatorCore-setApproveTransfer}.
     */
    function setApproveTransfer(address extension) external override adminRequired {
        _setApproveTransferBase(extension);
    }
    function _tokenExtension(uint256 tokenId) internal view override returns(address) {
        uint16 extensionIndex = uint16(_tokenData[tokenId].data);
        if (extensionIndex == 0) return address(0);
        return _indexToExtension[extensionIndex];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721CreatorCore-tokenData}.
     */
    function tokenData(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (uint80) {
        return uint80(_tokenData[tokenId].data >> 16);
    }
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * Implement this if you want your extension to approve a transfer
 */
interface IERC721CreatorExtensionApproveTransfer is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Set whether or not the creator will check the extension for approval of token transfer
     */
    function setApproveTransfer(address creator, bool enabled) external;
    /**
     * @dev Called by creator contract to approve a transfer
     */
    function approveTransfer(address operator, address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) external returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Your extension is required to implement this interface if it wishes
 * to receive the onBurn callback whenever a token the extension created is
 * burned
 */
interface IERC721CreatorExtensionBurnable is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev callback handler for burn events
     */
    function onBurn(address owner, uint256 tokenId) external;
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implement this if you want your extension to have overloadable royalties
 */
interface ICreatorExtensionRoyalties is IERC165 {
    /**
     * Get the royalties for a given creator/tokenId
     */
    function getRoyalties(address creator, uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address payable[] memory, uint256[] memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implement this if you want your extension to have overloadable URI's
 */
interface ICreatorExtensionTokenURI is IERC165 {
    /**
     * Get the uri for a given creator/tokenId
     */
    function tokenURI(address creator, uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC721Creator compliant extension contracts.
 */
interface IERC721CreatorMintPermissions is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev get approval to mint
     */
    function approveMint(address extension, address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Address.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Strings.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721[ERC721] Non-Fungible Token Standard
 */
abstract contract ERC721Core is ERC165, IERC721, IERC721Metadata {
    using Address for address;
    using Strings for uint256;
    // Token name
    string internal _name;
    // Token symbol
    string internal _symbol;
    struct TokenData {
        address owner;
        uint96 data;
    }
    // Mapping from token ID to token data
    mapping(uint256 => TokenData) internal _tokenData;
    // Mapping owner address to token count
    mapping(address => uint256) private _balances;
    // Mapping from token ID to approved address
    mapping(uint256 => address) private _tokenApprovals;
    // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
    mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) private _operatorApprovals;
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC165, IERC165) returns (bool) {
        return
            interfaceId == type(IERC721).interfaceId ||
            interfaceId == type(IERC721Metadata).interfaceId ||
            super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-balanceOf}.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        require(owner != address(0), "ERC721: address zero is not a valid owner");
        return _balances[owner];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-ownerOf}.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        address owner = _tokenData[tokenId].owner;
        require(owner != address(0), "ERC721: invalid token ID");
        return owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-name}.
     */
    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _name;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-symbol}.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _symbol;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-approve}.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public virtual override {
        address owner = ERC721Core.ownerOf(tokenId);
        require(to != owner, "ERC721: approval to current owner");
        require(
            msg.sender == owner || isApprovedForAll(owner, msg.sender),
            "ERC721: approve caller is not token owner or approved for all"
        );
        _approve(to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-getApproved}.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        _requireMinted(tokenId);
        return _tokenApprovals[tokenId];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
        _setApprovalForAll(msg.sender, operator, approved);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-isApprovedForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-transferFrom}.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public virtual override {
        //solhint-disable-next-line max-line-length
        require(_isApprovedOrOwner(msg.sender, tokenId), "ERC721: caller is not token owner or approved");
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public virtual override {
        safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, "");
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) public virtual override {
        require(_isApprovedOrOwner(msg.sender, tokenId), "ERC721: caller is not token owner or approved");
        _safeTransfer(from, to, tokenId, data);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * `data` is additional data, it has no specified format and it is sent in call to `to`.
     *
     * This internal function is equivalent to {safeTransferFrom}, and can be used to e.g.
     * implement alternative mechanisms to perform token transfer, such as signature-based.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _safeTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual {
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        require(_checkOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, data), "ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
     *
     * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Tokens start existing when they are minted (`_mint`),
     * and stop existing when they are burned (`_burn`).
     */
    function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        return _tokenData[tokenId].owner != address(0);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `spender` is allowed to manage `tokenId`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function _isApprovedOrOwner(address spender, uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        address owner = ERC721Core.ownerOf(tokenId);
        return (spender == owner || isApprovedForAll(owner, spender) || getApproved(tokenId) == spender);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely mints `tokenId` and transfers it to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must not exist.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 tokenId, uint96 tokenData) internal virtual {
        _safeMint(to, tokenId, tokenData, "");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-ERC721-_safeMint-address-uint256-}[`_safeMint`], with an additional `data` parameter which is
     * forwarded in {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} to contract recipients.
     */
    function _safeMint(
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint96 tokenData,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual {
        require(to != address(0), "ERC721: mint to the zero address");
        require(!_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: token already minted");
        _beforeTokenTransfer(address(0), to, tokenId, tokenData);
        unchecked {
            // Will not overflow unless all 2**256 token ids are minted to the same owner.
            // Given that tokens are minted one by one, it is impossible in practice that
            // this ever happens. Might change if we allow batch minting.
            // The ERC fails to describe this case.
            _balances[to] += 1;
        }
        _tokenData[tokenId] = TokenData({
            owner: to,
            data: tokenData
        });
        emit Transfer(address(0), to, tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfer(address(0), to, tokenId, tokenData);
        require(
            _checkOnERC721Received(address(0), to, tokenId, data),
            "ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer"
        );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        TokenData memory tokenData = _tokenData[tokenId];
        address owner = tokenData.owner;
        uint96 data = tokenData.data;
        _beforeTokenTransfer(owner, address(0), tokenId, data);
        // Clear approvals
        _approve(address(0), tokenId);
        unchecked {
            // Cannot overflow, as that would require more tokens to be burned/transferred
            // out than the owner initially received through minting and transferring in.
            _balances[owner] -= 1;
        }
        delete _tokenData[tokenId];
        emit Transfer(owner, address(0), tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfer(owner, address(0), tokenId, data);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *  As opposed to {transferFrom}, this imposes no restrictions on msg.sender.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _transfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) internal virtual {
        TokenData memory tokenData = _tokenData[tokenId];
        address owner = tokenData.owner;
        require(owner == from, "ERC721: transfer from incorrect owner");
        require(to != address(0), "ERC721: transfer to the zero address");
        uint96 data = tokenData.data;
        _beforeTokenTransfer(from, to, tokenId, data);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner
        _approve(address(0), tokenId);
        unchecked {
            // `_balances[from]` cannot overflow for the same reason as described in `_burn`:
            // `from`'s balance is the number of token held, which is at least one before the current
            // transfer.
            // `_balances[to]` could overflow in the conditions described in `_mint`. That would require
            // all 2**256 token ids to be minted, which in practice is impossible.
            _balances[from] -= 1;
            _balances[to] += 1;
        }
        _tokenData[tokenId].owner = to;
        emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfer(from, to, tokenId, data);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Approve `to` to operate on `tokenId`
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function _approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _tokenApprovals[tokenId] = to;
        emit Approval(ERC721Core.ownerOf(tokenId), to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Approve `operator` to operate on all of `owner` tokens
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function _setApprovalForAll(
        address owner,
        address operator,
        bool approved
    ) internal virtual {
        require(owner != operator, "ERC721: approve to caller");
        _operatorApprovals[owner][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(owner, operator, approved);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Reverts if the `tokenId` has not been minted yet.
     */
    function _requireMinted(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual {
        require(_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: invalid token ID");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target address.
     * The call is not executed if the target address is not a contract.
     *
     * @param from address representing the previous owner of the given token ID
     * @param to target address that will receive the tokens
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be transferred
     * @param data bytes optional data to send along with the call
     * @return bool whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value
     */
    function _checkOnERC721Received(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) private returns (bool) {
        if (to.isContract()) {
            try IERC721Receiver(to).onERC721Received(msg.sender, from, tokenId, data) returns (bytes4 retval) {
                return retval == IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector;
            } catch (bytes memory reason) {
                if (reason.length == 0) {
                    revert("ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer");
                } else {
                    /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                    assembly {
                        revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                    }
                }
            }
        } else {
            return true;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before any token transfer. This includes minting and burning. If {ERC721Consecutive} is
     * used, the hook may be called as part of a consecutive (batch) mint, as indicated by `batchSize` greater than 1.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, ``from``'s tokens will be transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, the tokens will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, ``from``'s tokens will be burned.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     *
     * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint96 tokenData
    ) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called after any token transfer. This includes minting and burning. If {ERC721Consecutive} is
     * used, the hook may be called as part of a consecutive (batch) mint, as indicated by `batchSize` greater than 1.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, ``from``'s tokens were transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, the tokens were minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, ``from``'s tokens were burned.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     *
     * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
     */
    function _afterTokenTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint96 tokenData
    ) internal virtual {}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./ERC721Core.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721[ERC721] Non-Fungible Token Standard,
 */
abstract contract ERC721Upgradeable is Initializable, ERC721Core {
    /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
    constructor() {
        _disableInitializers();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract by setting a `name` and a `symbol` to the token collection.
     */
    function __ERC721_init(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC721_init_unchained(name_, symbol_);
    }
    function __ERC721_init_unchained(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
        _name = name_;
        _symbol = symbol_;
    }
}